Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Specialty / MGIC Investment

MGIC Investment

mtg · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mtg
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Specialty
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · MGIC Investment
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Financial  Summary

Net  income  (loss)  ($  millions)

Excluding  the  impact  of  the  reversal  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance(1)

Diluted  income  (loss)  per  share  ($)

Excluding  the  impact  of  the  reversal  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance(1)

Return  on  Beginning  Shareholders’  Equity

Excluding  the  impact  of  the  reversal  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance(1)

2013

2014

2015

(49.8)
(49.8)
(0.16)
(0.16)
(25.3)%
(25.3)%

251.9
251.9
0.64
0.64
33.8%
33.8%

1,172.0
485.3
2.60
1.13
113.0%
46.8%

New Primary Insurance Written
($ billions)

29.8

33.4

43.0

Direct Primary Insurance in Force
($ billions)

158.7

164.9

174.5

2013

2014

2015
10MAR201618445306

2013

2014

2015
10MAR201618444806

Revenue
($ millions)

1,039

942

1,041

Book Value per Share (2)

$6.58

$2.20

$3.06

2013

2014

2015
10MAR201618445554

2013

2014

2015
10MAR201618444681

Losses Incurred, Net
($ millions)

Default Inventory
(# loans)

839

103,328

496

344

79,901

62,633

2013

2014

2015
10MAR201618445057

2013

2014

2015
10MAR201617073936

(1)

(2)

We present these non-GAAP financial measures, which exclude the 2015 reversal of the valuation allowance that had previously offset our deferred tax assets, to allow
comparability  between  periods  of  our  financial  results.
Includes  the  impact  of  the  2015  reversal  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance.

1

Fellow  Shareholders

In 2015 we had strong financial performance, achieving our second consecutive year of annual
profitability since 2006. This strong performance resulted from a decrease in losses incurred and an
increase in premiums earned compared to 2014. The decrease in losses incurred reflects the fact that
the U.S. economy expanded at a moderate pace with declining unemployment rates and increasing
home  prices  on  a  broad  basis  throughout  the  U.S.  The  increase  in  premiums  earned  reflects  an
increase in household formations and associated home purchase activity, as well as our increased
market share within the private mortgage insurance (PMI) industry in 2014 and 2015 compared to the
previous years. Additionally, we made great progress in transitioning from a company recovering from the financial crisis to
one positioned for continued success in providing low down payment options for lenders and consumers – just as we have
done  since  1957.  Following  are  several  of  the  accomplishments  we  achieved  in  2015  that  furthered  our  2015  business
strategies.

11MAR201517251022

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Earned adjusted net income for the full year 2015 of $485.3 million (which excludes the impact of the deferred tax
asset valuation allowance reversal), compared with net income of $251.9 million for the full year 2014. I mention
this non-GAAP financial measure ‘‘adjusted net income’’ to increase the comparability between periods of our
financial  results.

Increased new insurance written from $33.4 billion in 2014 to $43.0 billion in 2015. The new insurance written is
consistent  with  the  Company’s  risk  and  return  goals  and  increased  insurance  in  force  by  6%  year-over-year.

Met the revised financial requirements of the revised private mortgage insurer eligibility requirements (PMIERs) of
the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  (Fannie  Mae)  and  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation
(Freddie Mac) by their effective date with a comfortable cushion. We refer to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as the
‘‘GSEs.’’

Successfully  renegotiated  our  external  reinsurance  transaction  in  a  manner  that  affords  it  full  credit  under  the
revised  PMIERs  for  risk  ceded  under  the  transaction.

Maintained  our  traditionally  low  expense  base.

Successfully  transitioned  key  senior  executive  roles,  including  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Risk  Officer.

Although our new insurance written in 2015 increased compared to 2014, the PMI industry lost some market share to
the FHA because the FHA significantly reduced its premiums in early 2015. Despite the FHA premium reduction, we retained
a fair amount of business for which the FHA’s monthly payments would have been lower because of the value proposition we
offer to both lenders (ease of execution and ancillary services) and consumers (faster equity buildup and ability to cancel). We
estimate that the PMI industry’s market share decreased to 12.7% in 2015 from 13.5% in 2014 but has increased materially
from approximately 9% in 2012. MGIC’s 2015 market share within the PMI industry, excluding the U.S. Treasury’s Home
Affordable  Refinance  Program  (HARP),  was  19.9%,  as  reported  by  Inside  Mortgage  Finance.

The  business  written  beginning  in  2009,  plus  the  business  that  has  benefited  from  HARP,  now  accounts  for
approximately  75%  of  our  primary  risk  in  force,  while  business  from  the  most  troubled  years  (2005  through  2008)  now
accounts  for  just  20%.  The  quality  and  profitability  of  the  new  business  is  best  captured  by  the  following  facts:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Delinquencies  from  the  business  written  beginning  in  2009  represent  less  than  5%  of  the  delinquent  loan
inventory  at  year-end  2015.

As  of  December  31,  2015,  the  ever-to-date  incurred  loss  ratios  of  the  2009,  2010,  2011  and  2012  books  of
business were 13.6%, 6.8%, 4.3% and 2.7%, respectively. The development of the 2013 – 2015 books suggests
they  will  also  contribute  meaningfully  to  our  future  success  after  additional  seasoning.

I am optimistic that the demand for home purchases will continue to increase for several reasons. First, the improving
economy should lead consumers to have more confidence in their future employment and increase their desire to purchase a
home. Second, we believe that household formations will continue to modestly increase and the national homeownership rate
should be stable to marginally higher. Third, mortgage interest rates remain very low relative to historical norms. And since

2

Fellow  Shareholders  (continued)

the majority of purchasers that need a mortgage do not have a 20% down payment, over the long term, we should have a
wonderful opportunity in front of us. Despite this opportunity, growing our insurance in force and increasing the industry’s
market share, in the near term, will be difficult given the current competitive landscape. The current competitive landscape is
shaped by the current pricing policies of the FHA and the GSEs and some competitors discounting prices in an attempt to
gain  market  share.  Nonetheless,  we  expect  a  modest  increase  in  our  insurance  in  force  in  2016.

On the credit front, the number of new notices of delinquencies in 2015 decreased 16% from 2014 (following a 17%
decrease from 2013 to 2014), while the cure rate on new delinquencies continued to improve. Foreclosure activity continues
to decrease, which has resulted in a 34% reduction in claims received and a 32% reduction in claims paid, in 2015 versus
2014. These positive trends resulted in a 22% decline in the primary delinquent inventory in 2015. Approximately 13% of our
primary insurance in force at December 31, 2015 has benefited from HARP or similar refinance programs and more than 98%
of the related loans are current. Additionally, approximately 10% of the insurance in force has been modified through the U.S.
Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP) or other loan modification programs, thus helping the majority of
those  borrowers  avoid  a  foreclosure,  and  MGIC  avoid  a  claim  payment.

Turning to the regulatory front, the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the GSEs finalized the revised PMIERs, which
became effective December 31, 2015 and which include new financial requirements. MGIC embraces the implementation of
robust  risk  adjusted  financial  requirements  for  mortgage  insurers,  that  allow  private  capital  to  stand  in  front  of  entities
backstopped  by  taxpayers,  provided  it  is  done  in  a  responsible  manner  that  allows  for  reasonable  returns  that  are
commensurate with the risk assumed. As I noted above, we are in compliance with the financial requirements of the PMIERs
(with  a  comfortable  cushion),  and  we  are  eligible  to  insure  loans  purchased  by  the  GSEs.

In  early  2016,  giving  consideration  to  the  PMIER’s  financial  requirements,  the  competitive  landscape,  and  the
generation of acceptable shareholder returns, we revised our premium rates on both borrower-paid and lender-paid premium
plans. Across the spectrum of loans we insure, the revised rates will include both increases and decreases to previously
published  rates  and  we  expect  to  achieve  life-time  after-tax  returns  on  required  PMIERs  capital  in  the  mid-teens,  after
considering  reinsurance.

While no real legislative progress is being made in Washington on housing policy that will reduce taxpayer risk, we
continue to be actively engaged in policy discussions to be sure our voice continues to be heard regarding private capital’s
ability to contribute to a healthy and sustainable housing market. The fact that we are a vehicle for private capital to participate
in  the  mortgage  and  housing  markets  through  all  cycles  makes  us  an  important  part  of  the  residential  mortgage  finance
system. It is possible that there will be more legislative activity than we currently contemplate, but I continue to believe that the
current market framework is what we will be operating in for a period of time. The updating of state capital standards by the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners, which the Wisconsin insurance regulator is leading, continues to move
forward. Although we are not aware of a timeframe for completion, it could occur in 2016. Once finalized and adopted, we
expect  we  will  meet  these  revised  state  capital  standards.

In  closing,  we  had  strong  financial  performance  in  2015,  we  earned  adjusted  net  income  of  $485.3  million,  wrote
$43.0  billion  of  high  quality  business,  grew  our  in  force  portfolio,  experienced  lower  incurred  losses  as  the  level  of
delinquencies and claim payments continued to fall, improved MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio to 12.1:1, increased our market
share within our industry slightly and maintained our traditionally low expense base. In addition, the challenge of PMIERs
compliance is behind us; we have a bolstered capital position provided by the high-quality insurance written in recent years
and  reinsurance;  and  we  expect  that  the  recent  trends  of  declining  levels  of  new  delinquency  notices,  losses  paid  and
delinquent notice inventory will continue in 2016. Given these factors, I feel our Company is in an excellent position to take
advantage of the opportunities being created today and to achieve success in 2016 and beyond. I also firmly believe that
there is an expanded role for us to play in providing increased access to credit for consumers and reducing GSE credit risk
while  generating  good  returns  for  shareholders  and  we  are  committed  to  pursuing  that  expanded  role.

Our 2016 business strategies include 1) prudently growing insurance in force, 2) pursuing new business opportunities
that leverage our core competencies, 3) preserving and expanding our role and that of the PMI industry in housing finance
policy, 4) managing and deploying capital to optimize creation of shareholder value and 5) developing and diversifying the
talents of our co-workers. I look forward to reporting to you during 2016 the progress we are making on executing these
strategies.

3

Fellow  Shareholders  (continued)

My management team and I thank our shareholders and customers for their support and our fellow co-workers for their

hard  work  and  dedication  which  has  enabled  our  company  to  accomplish  all  that  it  did  in  2015.

Respectfully,

11MAR201615593149

Patrick  Sinks
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer

17MAR201611203683

From  Left:

Steve  Mackey
Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Risk  Officer

Tim  Mattke
Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer

Pat  Sinks
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer

Jay  Hughes
Senior  Vice  President  –  Sales  and  Business  Development

Jeff  Lane
Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary

4

Five-Year  Summary  of  Financial  Information

MGIC  INVESTMENT  CORPORATION  &  SUBSIDIARIES

Years  Ended  December  31,  2015,  2014,  2013,  2012  and  2011

As  of  and  for  the  Years  Ended  December  31,

2015

2014

2013
(In  thousands,  except  per  share  data)

2012

2011

Summary  of  Operations
Revenues:
Net  premiums  written
Net  premiums  earned
Investment  income,  net
Realized  investment  gains,  net  including  net

impairment  losses

Other  revenue

Total  revenues

Losses  and  expenses:
Losses  incurred,  net
Change  in  premium  deficiency  reserve
Underwriting  and  other  expenses
Interest  expense

Total  losses  and  expenses

Income  (loss)  before  tax
(Benefit  from)  provision  for  income  taxes(1)
Net  income  (loss)

Weighted  average  common  shares

outstanding(2)

Diluted  income  (loss)  per  share

Dividends  per  share

Balance  sheet  data
Total  investments
Cash  and  cash  equivalents
Total  assets
Loss  reserves
Premium  deficiency  reserve
Short-  and  long-term  debt(3)
Convertible  senior  notes
Convertible  junior  debentures
Shareholders’  equity
Book  value  per  share

$1,020,277
896,222
103,741

$ 881,962
844,371
87,647

$ 923,481
943,051
80,739

$1,017,832
1,033,170
121,640

$1,064,380
1,123,835
201,270

28,361
12,457

1,357
8,422

5,731
9,914

195,409
28,145

142,715
36,459

1,040,781

941,797

1,039,435

1,378,364

1,504,279

343,547
(23,751)
164,366
68,932

553,094

487,687
(684,313)

496,077
(24,710)
146,059
69,648

687,074

254,723
2,774

838,726
(25,320)
192,518
79,663

2,067,253
(61,036)
201,447
99,344

1,714,707
(44,150)
214,750
103,271

1,085,587

2,307,008

1,988,578

(46,152)
3,696

(928,644)
(1,565)

(484,299)
1,593

$1,172,000

$ 251,949

$ (49,848) $ (927,079) $ (485,892)

468,039
2.60

–

$

$

413,547
0.64

–

$

$

$

$

311,754

201,892

(0.16) $

(4.59) $

201,019
(2.42)

–

$

–

$

–

$4,663,206
181,120
5,879,545
1,893,402
–
–
833,503
389,522
2,236,140
6.58

$4,612,669
197,882
5,266,434
2,396,807
23,751
61,918
845,000
389,522
1,036,903
3.06

$4,866,819
332,692
5,601,390
3,061,401
48,461
82,773
845,000
389,522
744,538
2.20

$4,230,275
1,027,625
5,574,324
4,056,843
73,781
99,910
345,000
379,609
196,940
0.97

$5,823,647
995,799
7,216,230
4,557,512
134,817
170,515
345,000
344,422
1,196,815
5.95

(1)

(2)

In the third quarter of 2015 we reversed the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. See Note 14 –
‘‘Income  Taxes’’  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of  the  reversal  of  the  valuation
allowance  and  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.

Includes dilutive shares in years with net income. See Note 3 – ‘‘Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’ to
our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of  our  Earnings  Per  Share.

(3) As discussed in Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ to our consolidated financial statements, our 5.375% Senior Notes matured on

November  1,  2015  and  were  repaid  with  cash  at  our  holding  company.

5

Five-Year  Summary  of  Financial  Information  (continued)

Other  data

Years  Ended  December  31,

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

New  primary  insurance  written  ($  millions)

43,031

33,439

29,796

24,125

14,234

New  primary  risk  written  ($  millions)

10,824

8,530

7,541

5,949

3,525

Insurance  in  force  (at  year-end)  ($  millions)
Direct  primary  insurance

174,514

164,919

158,723

162,082

178,873

Risk  in  force  (at  year-end)  ($  millions)
Direct  primary  risk  in  force
Direct  pool  risk  in  force

With  aggregate  loss  limits
Without  aggregate  loss  limits

Primary  loans  in  default  ratios
Policies  in  force
Loans  in  default
Percentage  of  loans  in  default

Insurance  operating  ratios  (GAAP)(1)
Loss  ratio
Expense  ratio

Risk-to-capital  ratio  (statutory)
Mortgage  Guaranty  Insurance  Corporation
MGIC  Indemnity  Corporation
Combined  insurance  companies

45,462

42,946

41,060

41,735

44,462

271
388

303
505

376
636

439
879

674
1,177

992,188
62,633

968,748
79,901

960,163
103,328

1,006,346
139,845

1,090,086
175,639

6.31%

8.25% 10.76%

13.90%

16.11%

38.3%
14.9%

58.8%
14.7%

88.9%
18.6%

200.1%
15.2%

152.6%
16.0%

12.1:1
3.6:1
13.6:1

14.6:1
1.1:1
16.4:1

15.8:1
1.3:1
18.4:1

44.7:1
1.2:1
47.8:1

20.3:1
–
22.2:1

(1) The loss ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage of the sum of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses
to net premiums earned. The expense ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the combined insurance
operations  underwriting  expenses  to  net  premium  written.

6

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations

We have reproduced below the ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations’’ and ‘‘Risk Factors’’ that appeared in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2015, which was filed with the SEC on February 26, 2016. Except for various cross-references, we have not changed
what appears below from what was in our Form 10-K. As a result, the Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Risk
Factors are not updated to reflect any events or changes in circumstances that have occurred since our Annual Report
on Form 10-K was filed with the SEC. Our Risk Factors are an integral part of Management’s Discussion and Analysis
and  appear  immediately  after  it.

Forward  Looking  and  Other  Statements

As discussed under ‘‘Forward Looking Statements and Risk Factors’’ in this Annual Report, actual results may
differ materially from the results contemplated by forward looking statements. We are not undertaking any obligation to
update any forward looking statements or other statements we may make in the following discussion or elsewhere in
this document even though these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward
looking  statements  or  other  statements  were  made.  Therefore  no  reader  of  this  document  should  rely  on  these
statements being current as of any time other than the time at which this document was filed with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission.

Overview

Through our subsidiary Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation (‘‘MGIC’’) we are a leading provider of private
mortgage insurance in the United States, as measured by $174.5 billion of primary insurance in force on a consolidated
basis  at  December  31,  2015.

As used below, ‘‘we’’ and ‘‘our’’ refer to MGIC Investment Corporation’s consolidated operations. In the discussion

below,  we  refer  to  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac  collectively  as  the  ‘‘GSEs.’’

Business  Environment

As a provider of mortgage insurance, our results are subject to macroeconomic conditions and specific events that
impact the mortgage origination environment and the credit performance of the underlying insured mortgages. During
2015, the residential mortgage market experienced an increase in mortgage loan originations driven by two factors:
(1) an increase in purchase volume that was favorably impacted by increasing household formations and continued
recovery in the labor market, and (2) an increase in refinance transactions especially in the first half of 2015, as interest
rates remained near historical lows and nationally home prices continued to appreciate. These favorable conditions
resulted in a 6% increase in our insurance in force at the end of 2015 compared to 2014 and we wrote our highest
annual level of new insurance since 2008. We consider the new insurance written to generally be of high quality as
lenders maintained stringent underwriting standards, a trend that has been in place since 2009. Our recent loss results
reflect the improved lending environment as the level of losses on our 2009-2014 books remain low, and also reflect
positive trends on our pre-2009 business regarding new delinquency notices, paid claims, and the declining delinquent
inventory.

While macroeconomic conditions were favorable for our business in 2015, we remain subject to competition from
other private mortgage insurers, the FHA and VA, and significant regulatory oversight, both of which have implications
on  our  ability  to  operate  in  the  mortgage  insurance  industry.  As  of  December  31,  2015  private  mortgage  insurers
became  subject  to  the  revised  private  mortgage  insurer  eligibility  requirements  (the  ‘‘PMIERs’’)  of  the  GSEs  which
contain compliance, reporting, and financial requirements that impact our business. Of the various changes required
under PMIERs, the financial requirements have the most fundamental impact on us. For example, decisions made in
2015 regarding our reinsurance structure and capital allocations among our subsidiary companies were influenced by
the financial requirements of PMIERs. The competitive landscape remains intense and we have seen: (1) continued

7

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

demands for lender-paid single premium policies, which include discounts from our published rate card, (2) a decrease
in premium rates offered by the FHA, and (3) adjustments by our competition to borrower-paid mortgage premium rates.

For a number of years, substantially all of the loans we insured have been sold to the GSEs, which have been in
conservatorship since late 2008. When the conservatorship will end and what role, if any, the GSEs will play in the
secondary  mortgage  market  post-conservatorship  will  be  determined  by  Congress.  The  scope  of  the  FHA’s  large
market presence may also change in connection with the determination of the future of the GSEs. See our risk factor
titled ‘‘Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring
of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses’’ below. While we strongly believe private mortgage
insurance should be an integral part of credit enhancement in a future mortgage market, its role in that market cannot
be  predicted.

Outlook  for  2016

We believe that housing fundamentals are solid and expect that household formations will continue to increase
and that home sales will increase. Mortgage interest rates remain very low relative to historical norms and the level of
unemployment  has  been  decreasing.  However,  the  private  mortgage  insurance  industry  will  continue  to  be  very
competitive.  Growing  our  insurance  in  force  and  increasing  the  industry’s  market  share  is  difficult  under  these
conditions, but we expect a modest increase in our insurance in force in 2016. In consideration of the PMIER’s financial
requirements and the competitive landscape, we are revising our premium rates on both borrower-paid and lender-paid
premium plans. Across the spectrum of loans we insure the revised rates will include both increases and decreases to
previously published rate cards and we expect to achieve life-time after tax returns on required PMIERs capital in the
mid-teens, after considering reinsurance. The revised rate structure is likely to result in a reduction of new insurance
written  in  some  lower  FICO  score  segments  and  overall  we  expect  to  write  modestly  less  new  business  in  2016
compared  to  2015.  While  the  premium  rate  changes  will  not  have  a  significant  impact  on  premium  yields  on  new
insurance written, our premium yields are expected to decline due to a number of other factors, including: a reduction in
the profit commission from our reinsurance transaction as more losses are ceded to reinsurers as expected losses on
covered books are anticipated to increase, a modest overall increase in the amount of our insurance in force subject to
reinsurance, lower premium rates on books written in 2013 and after, and the effect of premium rate resets on our 2005
and  2006  remaining  insurance  in  force.  Recent  loss  trends  have  resulted  in  a  declining  level  of  new  delinquency
notices, losses paid, and delinquent notice inventory. We expect these trends to continue in 2016. However, we have
experienced  significant  favorable  loss  development  over  the  past  two  years,  which  may  not  continue  in  2016.

Capital

GSEs

Substantially all of our insurance written since 2008 has been for loans purchased by the GSEs. The GSEs each
revised  its  PMIERs  effective  December  31,  2015.  The  financial  requirements  of  the  PMIERs  require  a  mortgage
insurer’s  ‘‘Available  Assets’’  (generally  only  the  most  liquid  assets  of  an  insurer)  to  equal  or  exceed  its  ‘‘Minimum
Required Assets’’ (which are based on an insurer’s book and are calculated from tables of factors with several risk
dimensions  and  are  subject  to  a  floor  amount).

Based on our interpretation of the PMIERs, as of December 31, 2015, MGIC’s Available Assets are $5.0 billion
and its Minimum Required Assets are $4.5 billion; and MGIC is in compliance with the financial requirements of the
PMIERs  and  eligible  to  insure  loans  purchased  by  the  GSEs.  Our  Available  Assets  do  not  include  approximately
$100  million  of  statutory  capital  at  our  subsidiary  MGIC  Indemnity  Corporation  (‘‘MIC’’)  in  excess  of  the  minimum
policyholder position that remained after MIC repatriated $387 million to MGIC in the fourth quarter of 2015. Additional
repatriation of funds from MIC to MGIC would be subject to regulatory approval. For information about the first quarter

8

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

2016 purchase by MGIC of a portion of our outstanding 9% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures, see ‘‘Debt at
Our  Holding  Company  and  Holding  Company  Capital  Resources’’  below.

If MGIC ceases to be eligible to insure loans purchased by one or both of the GSEs, it would significantly reduce
the volume of our new business writings. Factors that may negatively impact MGIC’s ability to continue to comply with
the  financial  requirements  of  the  PMIERs  include  the  following:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

The GSEs may reduce the amount of credit they allow under the PMIERs for the risk ceded under our quota
share  reinsurance  transaction.  The  GSEs’  ongoing  approval  of  that  transaction  is  subject  to  several
conditions and the transaction will be reviewed under the PMIERs at least annually by the GSEs. For more
information  about  the  transaction,  see  our  risk  factor  titled  ‘‘The  mix  of  business  we  write  affects  the
likelihood of losses occurring, our Minimum Required Assets under the PMIERs, and our premium yields’’
below.

The GSEs could make the PMIERs more onerous in the future; in this regard, the PMIERs provide that the
tables  of  factors  that  determine  Minimum  Required  Assets  will  be  updated  every  two  years  and  may  be
updated more frequently to reflect changes in macroeconomic conditions or loan performance. The GSEs
will provide notice 180 days prior to the effective date of table updates. In addition, the GSEs may amend the
PMIERs  at  any  time.

Our future operating results may be negatively impacted by the matters discussed in our risk factors. Such
matters could decrease our revenues, increase our losses or require the use of assets, thereby creating a
shortfall  in  Available  Assets.

Should additional capital be needed by MGIC in the future, additional capital contributions from our holding
company  may  not  be  available  due  to  competing  demands  on  holding  company  resources,  including  for
repayment  of  debt.

While on an overall basis, the amount of Available Assets MGIC must hold in order to continue to insure GSE
loans increased under the PMIERs over what state regulation currently requires, our reinsurance transaction mitigates
the  negative  effect  of  the  PMIERs  on  our  returns.  In  this  regard,  see  the  first  bullet  point  above.

State  Regulations

The insurance laws of 16 jurisdictions, including Wisconsin, our domiciliary state, require a mortgage insurer to
maintain  a  minimum  amount  of  statutory  capital  relative  to  the  risk  in  force  (or  a  similar  measure)  in  order  for  the
mortgage  insurer  to  continue  to  write  new  business.  We  refer  to  these  requirements  as  the  ‘‘State  Capital
Requirements.’’  While  they  vary  among  jurisdictions,  the  most  common  State  Capital  Requirements  allow  for  a
maximum  risk-to-capital  ratio  of  25  to  1.  A  risk-to-capital  ratio  will  increase  if  (i)  the  percentage  decrease  in  capital
exceeds the percentage decrease in insured risk, or (ii) the percentage increase in capital is less than the percentage
increase in insured risk. Wisconsin does not regulate capital by using a risk-to-capital measure but instead requires a
minimum policyholder position (‘‘MPP’’). The ‘‘policyholder position’’ of a mortgage insurer is its net worth or surplus,
contingency  reserve  and  a  portion  of  the  reserves  for  unearned  premiums.

At December 31, 2015, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio was 12.1 to 1, below the maximum allowed by the jurisdictions
with State Capital Requirements, and its policyholder position was $1.2 billion above the required MPP of $1.1 billion. In
calculating  our  risk-to-capital  ratio  and  MPP,  we  are  allowed  full  credit  for  the  risk  ceded  under  our  reinsurance
transaction  with  a  group  of  unaffiliated  reinsurers.  It  is  possible  that  under  the  revised  State  Capital  Requirements
discussed below, MGIC will not be allowed full credit for the risk ceded to the reinsurers. If MGIC is not allowed an
agreed level of credit under either the State Capital Requirements or the PMIERs, MGIC may terminate the reinsurance

9

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

agreement,  without  penalty.  At  this  time,  we  expect  MGIC  to  continue  to  comply  with  the  current  State  Capital
Requirements; however, you should read our risk factors for information about matters that could negatively affect such
compliance.

At December 31, 2015, the risk-to-capital ratio of our combined insurance operations (which includes reinsurance
affiliates) was 13.6 to 1. Reinsurance transactions with affiliates permit MGIC to write insurance with a higher coverage
percentage  than  it  could  on  its  own  under  certain  state-specific  requirements.  A  higher  risk-to-capital  ratio  on  a
combined basis may indicate that, in order for MGIC to continue to utilize reinsurance arrangements with its affiliates,
additional  capital  contributions  to  the  reinsurance  affiliates  could  be  needed.

The NAIC previously announced that it plans to revise the minimum capital and surplus requirements for mortgage
insurers that are provided for in its Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Model Act. A working group of state regulators is
drafting  the  revisions,  although  no  date  has  been  established  by  which  the  NAIC  must  propose  revisions  to  such
requirements.  Depending  on  the  scope  of  revisions  made  by  the  NAIC,  MGIC  may  be  prevented  from  writing  new
business  in  the  jurisdictions  adopting  such  revisions.

GSE  Reform

The Federal Housing Finance Agency (‘‘FHFA’’) is the conservator of the GSEs and has the authority to control
and  direct  their  operations.  The  increased  role  that  the  federal  government  has  assumed  in  the  residential  housing
finance system through the GSE conservatorship may increase the likelihood that the business practices of the GSEs
change in ways that have a material adverse effect on us and that the charters of the GSEs are changed by new federal
legislation.  The  financial  reform  legislation  that  was  passed  in  July  2010  (the  ‘‘Dodd-Frank  Act’’  or  ‘‘Dodd-Frank’’)
required  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury  to  report  its  recommendations  regarding  options  for  ending  the
conservatorship  of  the  GSEs.  This  report  did  not  provide  any  definitive  timeline  for  GSE  reform;  however,  it  did
recommend using a combination of federal housing policy changes to wind down the GSEs, shrink the government’s
footprint  in  housing  finance  (including  FHA  insurance),  and  help  bring  private  capital  back  to  the  mortgage  market.
Since then, members of Congress introduced several bills intended to change the business practices of the GSEs and
the FHA; however, no legislation has been enacted. As a result of the matters referred to above, it is uncertain what role
the GSEs, FHA and private capital, including private mortgage insurance, will play in the residential housing finance
system in the future or the impact of any such changes on our business. In addition, the timing of the impact of any
resulting  changes  on  our  business  is  uncertain.  Most  meaningful  changes  would  require  Congressional  action  to
implement and it is difficult to estimate when Congressional action would be final and how long any associated phase-in
period  may  last.

Dodd-Frank requires lenders to consider a borrower’s ability to repay a home loan before extending credit. The
Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  (‘‘CFPB’’)  rule  defining  ‘‘Qualified  Mortgage’’  (‘‘QM’’)  for  purposes  of
implementing the ‘‘ability to repay’’ law became effective in January 2014 and included a temporary category of QMs for
mortgages that satisfy the general product feature requirements of QMs and meet the GSEs’ underwriting requirements
(the ‘‘temporary category’’). The temporary category will phase out when the GSEs’ conservatorship ends, or if sooner,
on  January  21,  2021.

Dodd-Frank  requires  a  securitizer  to  retain  at  least  5%  of  the  risk  associated  with  mortgage  loans  that  are
securitized, and in some cases the retained risk may be allocated between the securitizer and the lender that originated
the  loan.  The  final  rule  implementing  that  requirement  became  effective  on  December  24,  2015  for  asset-backed
securities  collateralized  by  residential  mortgages.  The  final  rule  exempts  securitizations  of  qualified  residential
mortgages  (‘‘QRMs’’)  from  the  risk  retention  requirement  and  generally  aligns  the  QRM  definition  with  that  of  QM.
Because there is a temporary category of QMs for mortgages that satisfy the general product feature requirements of
QMs and meet the GSEs’ underwriting requirements, lenders that originate loans that are sold to the GSEs while they
are  in  conservatorship  would  not  be  required  to  retain  risk  associated  with  those  loans.  The  final  rule  requires  the

10

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

agencies that implemented the rule to review the QRM definition no later than four years after its effective date and
every  five  years  thereafter,  and  allows  each  agency  to  request  a  review  of  the  definition  at  any  time.

We estimate that for our new risk written in 2014 and 2015, 83% and 85%, respectively, was for loans that would
have met the CFPB’s general QM definition and, therefore, the QRM definition. We estimate that approximately 99% of
our new risk written in each of 2014 and 2015, was for loans that would have met the temporary category in the CFPB’s
QM definition. Changes in the treatment of GSE-guaranteed mortgage loans in the regulations defining QM and QRM,
or changes in the conservatorship or capital support provided to the GSEs by the U.S. Government, could impact the
manner  in  which  the  risk-retention  rules  apply  to  GSE  securitizations,  originators  who  sell  loans  to  GSEs  and  our
business.

For additional information about the business practices of the GSEs, see our risk factor titled ‘‘Changes in the
business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could
reduce  our  revenues  or  increase  our  losses’’  below.

Loan  Modification  and  Other  Similar  Programs

The  federal  government,  including  through  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury  and  the  GSEs,  and  several
lenders have modification programs to make loans more affordable to borrowers with the goal of reducing the number of
foreclosures. During 2014 and 2015, we were notified of modifications that cured delinquencies that had they become
paid  claims  would  have  resulted  in  approximately  $0.8  billion  and  $0.6  billion,  respectively,  of  estimated  claim
payments.  These  levels  are  down  from  a  high  of  $3.2  billion  in  2010.

One  loan  modification  program  is  the  Home  Affordable  Modification  Program  (‘‘HAMP’’).  We  are  aware  of
approximately 5,065 loans in our primary delinquent inventory at December 31, 2015 for which the HAMP trial period
has begun and which trial periods have not been reported to us as completed or cancelled. Through December 31,
2015, approximately 62,500 primary loans that we continue to insure have cured their delinquency after entering HAMP
and are not in default. The interest rates on certain loans modified under HAMP are subject to adjustment five years
after  the  modification  date.  Such  adjustments  are  limited  to  an  increase  of  one  percentage  point  per  year.

The GSEs’ Home Affordable Refinance Program (‘‘HARP’’), allows borrowers who are not delinquent but who may
not otherwise be able to refinance their loans under the current GSE underwriting standards, to refinance their loans.
We allow HARP refinances on loans that we insure, regardless of whether the loan meets our current underwriting
standards, and we account for the refinance as a loan modification (even where there is a new lender) rather than new
insurance written. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 13% of our primary insurance in force had benefitted from
HARP  and  was  still  in  force.

In each of 2014 and 2015, approximately 16% of our primary cures were the result of modifications, with HAMP
accounting for approximately 67% and 66% of the modifications in each of those periods, respectively. Although the
HAMP  and  HARP  programs  have  been  extended  through  December  2016,  we  believe  that  we  have  realized  the
majority of the benefits from them because the number of loans insured by us that we are aware are entering those
programs  has  decreased  significantly.

We  cannot  determine  the  total  benefit  we  may  derive  from  loan  modification  programs,  particularly  given  the
uncertainty around the re-default rates for defaulted loans that have been modified. Our loss reserves do not account
for  potential  re-defaults  of  current  loans.

11

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

As shown in the following table, as of December 31, 2015 approximately 23% of our primary risk in force has been

modified:

Policy  Year

2003  and  Prior
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009

2010  -  2015

Total

HARP(1)
Modifications

HAMP
Modifications

Other
Modifications

10.9%
17.5%
23.2%
26.5%
36.5%
50.6%
24.1%
–%
12.6%

17.3%
17.2%
17.9%
19.6%
19.3%
11.6%
1.3%
0.1%
6.6%

14.6%
12.8%
12.7%
13.0%
8.3%
4.1%
1.0%
–%
3.6%

(1)

Includes  proprietary  programs  that  are  substantially  the  same  as  HARP.

As of December 31, 2015 based on loan count, the loans associated with 97.7% of all HARP modifications, 77.0%

of  HAMP  modifications  and  71.4%  of  other  modifications  were  current.

Over the past several years, the average time it takes to receive a claim associated with a defaulted loan has
increased. This is, in part, due to new loss mitigation protocols established by servicers and to changes in some state
foreclosure laws that may include, for example, a requirement for additional review and/or mediation processes. Unless
a loan is cured during a foreclosure delay, at the completion of the foreclosure, additional interest and expenses may be
due  to  the  lender  from  the  borrower.  In  some  circumstances,  our  paid  claim  amount  may  include  some  additional
interest  and  expenses.

Factors  Affecting  Our  Results

Our  results  of  operations  are  affected  by:

(cid:129)

Premiums  written  and  earned

Premiums  written  and  earned  in  a  year  are  influenced  by:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

New insurance written, which increases insurance in force, and is the aggregate principal amount
of  the  mortgages  that  are  insured  during  a  period.  Many  factors  affect  new  insurance  written,
including  the  volume  of  low  down  payment  home  mortgage  originations  and  competition  to
provide credit enhancement on those mortgages, including competition from the FHA, the VA,
other mortgage insurers, GSE programs that may reduce or eliminate the demand for mortgage
insurance and other alternatives to mortgage insurance. New insurance written does not include
loans  previously  insured  by  us  which  are  modified,  such  as  loans  modified  under  HARP.

Cancellations, which reduce insurance in force. Cancellations due to refinancings are affected by
the level of current mortgage interest rates compared to the mortgage coupon rates throughout
the in force book. Cancellations due to refinancings are also affected by current home values
compared to values when the loans in the in force book became insured and the terms on which
mortgage credit is available. Cancellations also include rescissions, which require us to return
any  premiums  received  related  to  the  rescinded  policy,  and  policies  cancelled  due  to  claim

12

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

payment,  which  require  us  to  return  any  premium  received  from  the  date  of  default.  Finally,
cancellations are affected by home price appreciation, which can give homeowners the right to
cancel  the  mortgage  insurance  on  their  loans.

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Premium rates, which are affected by product type, competitive pressures, the risk characteristics
of the loans insured and the percentage of coverage on the loans. The substantial majority of our
monthly mortgage insurance premiums are under a premium plan in which, for the first ten years
of the policy, the amount of premium is determined by multiplying the initial premium rate by the
original loan balance; thereafter, the premium declines because a lower premium rate is used for
the remaining life of the policy. However, for loans that have utilized HARP, the initial ten-year
period  resets  to  begin  as  of  the  date  of  the  HARP  transaction.  The  remainder  of  our  monthly
premiums are under a premium plan in which premiums are determined by a fixed percentage of
the  loan’s  amortizing  balance  over  the  life  of  the  policy.

Premiums  ceded,  net  of  a  profit  commission,  under  reinsurance  agreements.  See  Note  11  –
‘‘Reinsurance’’  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of  our  reinsurance
agreements.

Premiums are generated by the insurance that is in force during all or a portion of the period. A change in the
average insurance in force in the current period compared to an earlier period is a factor that will increase (when the
average in force is higher) or reduce (when it is lower) premiums written and earned in the current period, although this
effect may be enhanced (or mitigated) by differences in the average premium rate between the two periods, as well as
by  premiums  that  are  returned  or  expected  to  be  returned  in  connection  with  claim  payments  and  rescissions,  and
premiums  ceded  under  reinsurance  agreements.  Also,  new  insurance  written  and  cancellations  during  a  period  will
generally have a greater effect on premiums written and earned in subsequent periods than in the period in which these
events  occur.

(cid:129)

Investment  income

Our  investment  portfolio  is  composed  principally  of  investment  grade  fixed  maturity  securities.  The  principal
factors  that  influence  investment  income  are  the  size  of  the  portfolio  and  its  yield.  As  measured  by  amortized  cost
(which excludes changes in fair value, such as from changes in interest rates), the size of the investment portfolio is
mainly a function of cash generated from (or used in) operations, such as net premiums received, investment income,
net claim payments and expenses, and cash provided by (or used for) non-operating activities, such as debt or stock
issuances  or  repurchases.  From  time  to  time  we  may  elect  to  sell  securities  to  realize  gains  on  securities  that  are
trading above our cost basis. Realized gains and losses are a function of the difference between the amount received
on the sale of a security and the security’s amortized cost, as well as any other than temporary impairments (‘‘OTTI’’)
recognized in earnings. The amount received on the sale of fixed maturity securities is affected by the coupon rate of
the  security  compared  to  the  yield  of  comparable  securities  at  the  time  of  sale.

(cid:129)

Losses  incurred

Losses incurred are the current expense that reflects estimated payments that will ultimately be made as a result
of delinquencies on insured loans. As explained under ‘‘Critical Accounting Policies’’ below, except in the case of a
premium deficiency reserve, we recognize an estimate of this expense only for delinquent loans. Losses incurred are
generally  affected  by:

(cid:129)

The  state  of  the  economy,  including  unemployment  and  housing  values,  each  of  which  affects  the
likelihood  that  loans  will  become  delinquent  and  whether  loans  that  are  delinquent  cure  their

13

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

delinquency.  The  level  of  new  delinquencies  has  historically  followed  a  seasonal  pattern,  with  new
delinquencies in the first part of the year lower than new delinquencies in the latter part of the year,
though  this  pattern  can  be  affected  by  the  state  of  the  economy  and  local  housing  markets.

The product mix of the in force book, with loans having higher risk characteristics generally resulting in
higher  delinquencies  and  claims.

The  size  of  loans  insured,  with  higher  average  loan  amounts  tending  to  increase  losses  incurred.

The  percentage  of  coverage  on  insured  loans,  with  deeper  average  coverage  tending  to  increase
incurred  losses.

Changes in housing values, which affect our ability to mitigate our losses through sales of properties
with delinquent mortgages as well as borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments
when  the  value  of  the  home  is  below  the  mortgage  balance.

The rate at which we rescind policies. Our estimated loss reserves reflect mitigation from rescissions of
policies and denials of claims. We collectively refer to such rescissions and denials as ‘‘rescissions’’
and  variations  of  this  term.

The  distribution  of  claims  over  the  life  of  a  book.  Historically,  the  first  few  years  after  loans  are
originated are a period of relatively low claims, with claims increasing substantially for several years
subsequent and then declining, although persistency (percentage of insurance remaining in force from
one year prior), the condition of the economy, including unemployment and housing prices, and other
factors can affect this pattern. For example, a weak economy or housing price declines can lead to
claims from older books increasing, continuing at stable levels or experiencing a lower rate of decline.
See  further  information  under  ‘‘Mortgage  Insurance  Earnings  and  Cash  Flow  Cycle’’  below.

Losses  ceded  under  reinsurance  agreements.  See  Note  11  –  ‘‘Reinsurance’’  to  our  consolidated
financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of  our  reinsurance  agreements.

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Changes  in  premium  deficiency  reserve

Each quarter, we evaluate whether a premium deficiency reserve on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in
force is required. When a premium deficiency reserve is required, we re-estimate the reserve quarterly and changes in
the reserve from quarter to quarter are a result of two factors. First, it changes as the actual premiums, losses and
expenses  that  were  previously  estimated  are  recognized.  Each  period  such  items  are  reflected  in  our  financial
statements as earned premium, losses incurred and expenses. The difference between the amount and timing of actual
earned premiums, losses incurred and expenses and our previous estimates used to establish the premium deficiency
reserve  has  an  effect  (either  positive  or  negative)  on  that  period’s  results.  Second,  the  premium  deficiency  reserve
changes as our assumptions relating to the present value of expected future premiums, losses and expenses on the
remaining  Wall  Street  bulk  insurance  in  force  change.  Changes  to  these  assumptions  also  have  an  effect  on  that
period’s  results.

(cid:129)

Underwriting  and  other  expenses

The  majority  of  our  operating  expenses  are  fixed,  with  some  variability  due  to  contract  underwriting  volume.
Contract underwriting generates fee income included in ‘‘Other revenue.’’ Underwriting and other expenses are net of

14

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

any ceding commission associated with our reinsurance agreements. See Note 11 – ‘‘Reinsurance’’ to our consolidated
financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of  our  reinsurance  agreements.

(cid:129)

Interest  expense

Interest expense reflects the interest associated with our outstanding debt obligations. For information about our
outstanding debt obligations, see Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ to our consolidated financial statements and under ‘‘Liquidity and
Capital  Resources’’  below.

Mortgage  Insurance  Earnings  and  Cash  Flow  Cycle

In our industry, a ‘‘book’’ is the group of loans insured in a particular calendar year. In general, the majority of any
underwriting profit (premium revenue minus losses) that a book generates occurs in the early years of the book, with the
largest portion of any underwriting profit realized in the first year following the year the book was written. Subsequent
years of a book generally result in modest underwriting profit or underwriting losses. This pattern of results typically
occurs because relatively few of the claims that a book will ultimately experience typically occur in the first few years of
the book, when premium revenue is highest, while subsequent years are affected by declining premium revenues, as
the  number  of  insured  loans  decreases  (primarily  due  to  loan  prepayments),  and  increasing  losses.

Australia

We began writing business in Australia in June 2007. We stopped writing new business in Australia in 2008 and in
the fourth quarter of 2015 we settled all of our remaining risk in force. As of December 31, 2015 the equity value in our
Australian  operations  was  approximately  $38  million.

Summary  of  2015  Results

Our  results  of  operations  for  2015  were  principally  affected  by  the  factors  referred  to  below.

(cid:129)

Net  premiums  written  and  earned

Net premiums written and earned during 2015 increased when compared to 2014. The increase was attributable
to  a  commutation  of  our  2013  quota  share  reinsurance  agreement  (‘‘2013  QSR  Transaction’’)  and  higher  average
insurance in force. The reinsurance commutation resulted in a return to us of written premiums previously ceded to
reinsurers and an increase in our profit commission due to a related return of ceding commissions to the reinsurers.

(cid:129)

Investment  income

Net investment income in 2015 increased when compared to 2014. The increase in investment income was due to
higher investment yields attributable to an increase in duration driven by our increased allocation to municipal fixed
maturity  securities.

(cid:129)

Realized  gains  and  other-than-temporary  impairments

Net realized gains for 2015 included $28.4 million in net realized gains on the sale of fixed income investments.
Net realized gains for 2014 included $1.5 million in net realized gains on the sale of fixed income investments, slightly
offset by $0.1 million in OTTI losses. As of December 31, 2015, the net unrealized losses in our investment portfolio
were $26.6 million, which included $67.8 million of gross unrealized losses, partially offset by $41.3 million of gross
unrealized  gains.

15

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

(cid:129)

Other  revenue

Other revenue for 2015 increased compared to 2014 primarily due to an increase in our contract underwriting fees

attributable  to  higher  mortgage  origination  volumes.

(cid:129)

Losses  incurred

Losses incurred for 2015 decreased compared to 2014 primarily due to a decrease in new delinquency notices
received, a lower claim rate on new notices, and an increase in favorable development on prior year loss reserves
compared  to  2014.

(cid:129)

Change  in  premium  deficiency  reserve

During 2015 the premium deficiency reserve on Wall Street bulk transactions declined by $24 million and was
eliminated during the second quarter of 2015. The decrease in the premium deficiency reserve represents the net result
of actual premiums, losses and expenses as well as a change in net assumptions for the period. The change in net
assumptions  for  2015  is  primarily  related  to  lower  estimated  ultimate  losses.

(cid:129)

Underwriting  and  other  expenses

Underwriting and other expenses for 2015 increased when compared to 2014. The increase is due to a return of
ceding commissions to reinsurers as a result of commuting our 2013 QSR Transaction and an increase in employee
costs.

(cid:129)

Interest  expense

Interest expense for 2015 decreased when compared to 2014. The decrease in interest expense was due to the

maturity  of  our  Senior  Notes  on  November  1,  2015,  which  were  repaid  with  holding  company  cash.

(cid:129)

Income  taxes

The  effective  tax  rate  (benefit)  provision  on  our  pre-tax  income  was  (140.3%)  and  1.1%  in  2015  and  2014,
respectively. During 2015, the effective tax rate provision was reduced and became an effective tax rate (benefit) due to
the reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. During 2014, the effective tax rate provision was reduced by
the  change  in  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance.

Results  of  Consolidated  Operations

New  insurance  written

The amount of our primary new insurance written during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was

as  follows:

Total  Primary  NIW  (In  billions)
Refinance  volume  as  a  %  of  primary  NIW

2015

2014

2013

$43.0

$33.4

$29.8

19%

13%

26%

The  increase  in  new  insurance  written  in  2015  compared  to  2014  was  primarily  attributable  to  an  increase  in
mortgage originations overall, which increased the volume of originations with private mortgage insurance. Although

16

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

private mortgage insurance volume increased from the prior year, the penetration rate of private mortgage insurance
declined as the FHA recaptured market share due to a 2015 premium rate reduction. Purchase mortgage origination
volume was the largest driver of our higher new insurance written in 2015 compared to 2014, while robust refinancing
activity in the first half of 2015 also increased our overall volume. The increase in mortgage origination volume can
largely  be  attributed  to  low  mortgage  interest  rates  and  decreased  levels  of  unemployment.

The increase in new insurance written in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily due to increases in the penetration
rate of private mortgage insurance in the overall insured mortgage market, which was driven by a combination of factors
including  changes  to  the  prices  and  fees  of  the  FHA,  the  GSEs  and  the  private  mortgage  insurers.  The  FHA  also
reversed a past FHA policy pursuant to which insurance premiums for borrowers were canceled once the borrower paid
down their mortgage below a certain percentage. The combined effect of these pricing and policy changes increased
the percentage of market share of private mortgage insurers versus the FHA. The increase in new insurance written in
2014  compared  to  2013  was  also  due  to  a  recapture  of  market  share  from  our  competitors  throughout  2014.

The  level  of  competition,  including  price  competition,  within  the  private  mortgage  insurance  industry  has
intensified over the past several years and is not expected to diminish. Lender demand and the discounted pricing for
lender-paid  single  premium  policies,  have  generally  increased  the  percentage  of  the  industry’s  and  MGIC’s  new
insurance  written  under  those  policies  over  the  past  several  years.  During  most  of  2013,  when  almost  all  of  our
lender-paid  single  premium  policy  rates  were  above  those  most  commonly  used  in  the  market,  lender-paid  single
premium policies were approximately 4% of our total new insurance written; they were approximately 11% in 2014; and
17% in 2015. The increases compared to 2014 were primarily a result of our selectively matching reduced rates. Prior to
the fourth quarter of 2014, we did not use our rate card’s authority to adjust premiums to offer significant discounts from
our standard lender-paid single premium policy rate card. The average discount from our rate card on lender-paid single
premium  policies  was  4%  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  and  13%  in  2015.  Given  the  2015  pricing  environment,  an
increase in the percentage of business written as lender-paid single premium policies, all other things equal, decreased
our  weighted  average  premium  rates  on  new  insurance  written.

The PMIERs require more Minimum Required Assets be maintained by a private mortgage insurer for loans dated
on or after January 1, 2016, that are insured under lender-paid mortgage insurance policies or other policies that are not
subject to automatic termination under the Homeowners Protection Act (‘‘HPA’’) or an automatic termination consistent
with the HPA termination requirements for borrower-paid mortgage insurance. This requirement may reduce our future
returns because we will be required to maintain more Available Assets in connection with a portion of our business.

In January 2016, we announced our intention to revise our premium rate cards in the near future. We expect that
this will result in a decrease in premium rates on some higher-FICO loans and an increase in premium rates on some
lower-FICO loans. If we do not revise our premium rates in this manner, we believe lenders may select our competitors
to insure higher-FICO loans because, in many cases, they currently offer lower premiums rates for those loans and
lenders may select MGIC to insure lower-FICO loans because, in many cases, we currently offer lower rates for those
loans. We expect that our premium rate changes will modestly decrease our new insurance written; however, we expect
the premium yield on new insurance written to remain approximately the same as on 2015 new insurance written, and
our  returns  on  a  portfolio  basis  to  be  comparable  to  those  we  expect  to  earn  on  the  business  we  wrote  in  2015.

The FHA increased its share of the low down payment residential mortgages that were subject to FHA, VA or
primary private mortgage insurance 40.1% in 2015 from 33.9% in 2014. In the past ten years, the FHA’s share has been
as low as 15.5% in 2006 and as high as 70.8% in 2009. Factors that influence the FHA’s market share include relative
rates  and  fees,  underwriting  guidelines  and  loan  limits  of  the  FHA,  VA,  private  mortgage  insurers  and  the  GSEs;
flexibility for the FHA to establish new products as a result of federal legislation and programs; returns obtained by
lenders for Ginnie Mae securitization of FHA-insured loans compared to those obtained from selling loans to Fannie
Mae  or  Freddie  Mac  for  securitization;  and  differences  in  policy  terms,  such  as  the  ability  of  a  borrower  to  cancel

17

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

insurance  coverage  under  certain  circumstances.  We  cannot  predict  how  these  factors  or  the  FHA’s  share  of  new
insurance  written  will  change  in  the  future.

In 2015, the VA accounted for 24.8% of all low down payment residential mortgages that were subject to FHA, VA
or primary private mortgage insurance, down from down from 25.4% in 2014 (which had been its highest annual market
share in ten years). The VA’s lowest market share in the past ten years was 5.4% in 2007. We believe that the VA’s
market share has generally been increasing because the VA offers 100% LTV loans and charges a one-time funding
fee that can be included in the loan amount but no additional monthly expense, and because of an increase in the
number  of  borrowers  that  are  eligible  for  the  VA’s  program.

We monitor the competitive landscape and will make adjustments to our pricing and underwriting guidelines as
warranted. We also make exceptions to our underwriting requirements on a loan-by-loan basis and for certain customer
programs. Together, the number of loans for which exceptions were made accounted for fewer than 2% of the loans we
insured  in  2014  and  2015.

Cancellations,  insurance  in  force  and  risk  in  force

New  insurance  written  and  cancellations  of  primary  insurance  in  force  during  the  years  ended  December  31,

2015,  2014  and  2013  were  as  follows:

NIW
Cancellations

Change  in  primary  insurance  in  force

Direct  primary  insurance  in  force  as  of  December  31,
Direct  primary  risk  in  force  as  of  December  31,

2015

$ 43.0
(33.4)

2014
(In  billions)
$ 33.4
(27.2)

2013

$ 29.8
(33.2)

$

9.6

$

6.2

$ (3.4)

$174.5
$ 45.5

$164.9
$ 42.9

$158.7
$ 41.1

Cancellation activity has historically been affected by the level of mortgage interest rates and the level of home
price appreciation. Cancellations generally move inversely to the change in the direction of interest rates, although they
generally lag a change in direction. Cancellations also include rescissions and policies cancelled due to claim payment.

Our persistency rate was 79.7% at December 31, 2015 compared to 82.8% at December 31, 2014 and 79.5% at
December 31, 2013. Our persistency rate is affected by the level of current mortgage interest rates compared to the
mortgage interest rates on our insurance in force, and home price appreciation, both of which affect the vulnerability of
the insurance in force to refinancing. Due to refinancing activity in 2015, we experienced lower persistency on our 2004
through 2013 books of business compared to year-end 2014. During the 1990s, our year-end persistency ranged from a
high of 87.4% at December 31, 1990 to a low of 68.1% at December 31, 1998. Since 2000, our year-end persistency
ranged  from  a  high  of  84.7%  at  December  31,  2009  to  a  low  of  47.1%  at  December  31,  2003.

Pool  insurance

We have written no new pool insurance since 2009, however, for a variety of reasons, including responding to
capital market alternatives to private mortgage insurance and customer demands, we may write pool risk in the future.
Our direct pool risk in force was $659 million ($271 million on pool policies with aggregate loss limits and $388 million on
pool  policies  without  aggregate  loss  limits)  at  December  31,  2015  compared  to  $808  million  ($303  million  on  pool
policies  with  aggregate  loss  limits  and  $505  million  on  pool  policies  without  aggregate  loss  limits)  at  December  31,
2014. If claim payments associated with a specific pool reach the aggregate loss limit the remaining insurance in force
within the pool would be cancelled and any remaining defaults under the pool are removed from our default inventory.

18

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Net  premiums  written  and  earned

Net premiums written and earned during 2015 increased when compared to 2014. The increase was attributable
to a commutation of our 2013 QSR Transaction and higher average insurance in force. The reinsurance commutation
resulted in a return to us of written premiums previously ceded to reinsurers and an increase in our profit commission
due  to  a  related  return  of  ceding  commissions  to  the  reinsurers.

Net premiums written and earned during 2014 decreased when compared to 2013. The decrease was primarily
due  to  an  increase  in  premiums  ceded  under  reinsurance  agreements,  offset,  in  part,  by  an  increase  in  profit
commissions. The increase in premiums ceded and profit commissions in 2014 was due to an addendum entered into in
December 2013 for our 2013 QSR Transaction that expanded the applicable coverage to insurance written prior to
April 1, 2013 that had never been delinquent. The profit commission was subject to the performance of the policies
under  the  2013  QSR  Transaction.  See  ‘‘Reinsurance  agreements’’  below.

See ‘‘Overview – Factors Affecting Our Results’’ above for additional factors that also influence the amount of net

premiums  written  and  earned  in  a  year.

Although we expect that our insurance in force will increase in 2016 compared to 2015, net premiums written and
earned as well as the ratio of net premiums earned divided by the average primary insurance in force outstanding for
the year or other reporting period (sometimes referred to as ‘‘premium rate/yield’’ or ‘‘effective premium rate/yield’’) are
likely  to  decline  in  2016  from  2015  levels.  As  discussed  below,  we  see  this  occurring  for  two  reasons.  The  largest
portion of the decline relates to the restructuring of our reinsurance transaction because it will cover insurance in force
that was previously excluded, as well as certain new insurance written through 2016. A modest amount of the decline
relates to the premium rates themselves: the books we wrote before 2009, which have a higher average premium rate
than  subsequent  business,  are  expected  to  continue  to  decline  as  a  percentage  of  the  insurance  in  force;  and  the
average premium rate on these books is also expected to decline as the premium rates reset to lower levels at the time
the  loans  reach  the  ten-year  anniversary  of  their  initial  coverage  date.

Effect  of  reinsurance  on  premiums:

Our net premiums written and earned are net of amounts ceded to reinsurers who assume a portion of the risk
under the insurance policies we write that are subject to reinsurance. A substantial portion of our business is covered by
a  quota  share  reinsurance  agreement  that  became  effective  July  1,  2015  and  that  protects  us  against  a  fixed
percentage of losses arising from policies covered by the agreement. Under that agreement, we cede to reinsurers 30%
of earned and received premiums and losses incurred on the following: policies in the 2013 QSR Transaction that was
commuted;  additional  qualifying  in  force  policies  as  of  the  agreement  effective  date  which  either  had  no  history  of
defaults, or where a single default has been cured for twelve or more months at the agreement effective date; as well as
all  qualifying  new  insurance  written  through  December  31,  2016.  The  premiums  we  cede  are  reduced  by  a  profit
commission,  which  primarily  varies  by  the  level  of  losses  we  cede.  The  2015  quota  share  reinsurance  agreement
(‘‘2015 QSR Transaction’’) increases the amount of our insurance in force covered by reinsurance and will result in an
increase  in  the  amount  of  premiums  and  losses  ceded.

Our  reinsurance  affects  premiums,  underwriting  expenses  and  losses  incurred  and  should  be  analyzed  by

reviewing  its  total  effect  on  our  statement  of  operations,  as  discussed  below  under  ‘‘Reinsurance  agreements.’’

Effect  of  changing  premium  rate:

The insurance in force associated with the 2008 and prior book years was approximately 37% and 46% of the
primary insurance in force as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The business written after 2008 has a

19

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

lower average premium rate because of its lower risk characteristics and, beginning in the second half of 2014, the
increase in the business mix represented by lender-paid single premium business, which had a lower average premium
rate than borrower-paid monthly premium business (see ‘‘New insurance written’’ above). Persistency will affect the
average premium rate on single premium policies because the premium is not generally refundable and is earned over
the  estimated  life  of  the  policy.  If  a  single  premium  policy  is  cancelled,  because  the  loan  is  repaid,  the  remaining
unearned premium is earned immediately. When persistency is lower than the assumption used to set the estimated
life,  the  average  premium  rate  will  increase;  the  opposite  effect  will  occur  when  persistency  is  greater  than  such
assumption.

The monthly premium program used for the substantial majority of loans we insured provides that, for the first ten
years of the policy, the premium is determined by the product of the initial premium rate and the initial loan balance;
thereafter, a lower premium rate is applied to the initial loan balance. The initial ten-year period is reset when the loan is
refinanced under HARP. The premiums on many of the policies in our 2005 book that were not refinanced under HARP
reset in 2015. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 24%, 28%, 36%, and 51% of our insurance in force from 2005,
2006,  2007,  and  2008  respectively,  has  been  refinanced  under  HARP.

Reinsurance  agreements

Our  reinsurance  affects  various  lines  of  our  statements  of  operations  and  therefore  we  believe  it  should  be

analyzed  by  reviewing  its  effect  on  our  net  income,  as  described  below.

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

We  cede  a  fixed  percentage  of  premiums  on  insurance  covered  by  the  agreement.

We  receive  the  benefit  of  a  profit  commission  through  a  reduction  in  the  premiums  we  cede.  The  profit
commission  varies  directly  and  inversely  with  the  level  of  losses  on  a  ‘‘dollar  for  dollar’’  basis  and  is
eliminated at levels of losses that we do not expect to occur. This means that lower levels of losses result in
a higher profit commission and less benefit from ceded losses; higher levels of losses result in more benefit
from ceded losses and a lower profit commission (or for levels of losses we do not expect, its elimination).

We receive the benefit of a ceding commission through a reduction in underwriting expenses equal to 20% of
premiums  ceded  (before  the  effect  of  the  profit  commission).

We  cede  a  fixed  percentage  of  losses  incurred  on  insurance  covered  by  the  agreement.

The effects described above result in a net cost of the reinsurance, with respect to a covered loan, of 6% (but can
be lower if losses are materially higher than we expect). This cost is derived by dividing the reduction in our pre-tax net
income from such loans with reinsurance by our direct (that is, without reinsurance) premiums from such loan. Although
the net cost of the reinsurance is generally constant at 6%, the effect of the reinsurance on the various components of
pre-tax income discussed above will vary from period to period, depending on the level of ceded losses. The 2015 QSR
Transaction had the effect of reducing our premium yield in the fourth quarter of 2015 and this trend is expected to
continue into 2016, in part due to an increase in the amount of losses ceded, which reduces our profit commission.
Because  more  of  our  insurance  in  force  is  covered  under  the  2015  QSR  Transaction  than  was  covered  under  the
commuted 2013 QSR Transaction, the absolute dollar cost of the 2015 QSR Transaction will be modestly higher than
the  cost  of  the  2013  QSR  Transaction.

20

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

The following table provides additional information related to our premiums written and earned and risk in force

subject  to  reinsurance  agreements  for  2015,  2014,  and  2013.

New  insurance  written  subject  to  quota  share  reinsurance

agreements

Insurance  in  force  subject  to  quota  share  reinsurance  agreements
Insurance  in  force  subject  to  captive  reinsurance  agreements

As  of  and  For  the  Years  Ended
December  31,

2015

2014
(Dollars  in  thousands)

2013

91%
73%
3%

90%
56%
5%

75%
49%
7%

2015  QSR  Transaction(1)
Ceded  premiums  written,  net  of  profit  commission
%  of  direct  premiums  written
Ceded  premiums  earned,  net  of  profit  commission
%  of  direct  premiums  earned
Ceding  commissions
Ceded  risk  in  force

2013  QSR  Transaction(1)
Ceded  premiums  written,  net  of  profit  commission
%  of  direct  premiums  written
Ceded  premiums  earned,  net  of  profit  commission
%  of  direct  premiums  earned
Ceding  commissions
Ceded  risk  in  force

Captives
Ceded  premiums  written
%  of  direct  premiums  written
Ceded  premiums  earned
%  of  direct  premiums  earned
Risk  in  force  subject  to  captives

$

$

52,588

5%

52,588

5%

$
20,582
$9,886,952

$ (11,355)

$ 100,031

(1)%

10%

35,999

$

88,528

4%

9%

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

49,672

5%

13,822

1%

10,234
–

$
37,833
$8,229,173

$
10,408
$7,159,901

13,547

1%

13,650

$

$

18,794

2%

18,917

$

$

23,815

2%

23,956

1%
3%

2%
5%

2%
6%

(1) As discussed in Note 11 – ‘‘Reinsurance’’ to our consolidated financial statements, the 2013 QSR Transaction
was terminated on July 1, 2015 and replaced with our 2015 QSR Transaction, which increased the insurance in
force and corresponding risk in force covered by reinsurance. Premiums are ceded on an earned and received
basis  under  the  2015  QSR  Transaction.

As discussed in Note 11 – ‘‘Reinsurance’’ to our consolidated financial statements, MGIC reached a settlement
with the CFPB in 2013 and reached an additional settlement in June 2015 with the Minnesota Department of Commerce
(the ‘‘MN Department’’) to resolve their investigations. As part of the settlements we have agreed to not enter into any
new captive reinsurance agreement or reinsure any new loans under any existing captive reinsurance agreement for a
period of ten years subsequent to the respective settlements. In accordance with the CFPB settlement, all of our active
captive agreements were placed into run-off. Further, the GSEs will not approve any future reinsurance or risk sharing
transaction with a mortgage enterprise or an affiliate of a mortgage enterprise as outlined in the PMIERs. See Note 11 –
‘‘Reinsurance’’ to our consolidated financial statements for a description of our reinsurance agreements and the related
reinsurance  recoverable,  as  well  as  a  description  of  our  2015  QSR  Transaction.

21

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Investment  income

Net investment income in 2015 increased when compared to 2014. The increase in investment income was due to
higher investment yields attributable to an increase in duration driven by our increased allocation to municipal fixed
maturity  securities.  The  portfolio’s  average  pre-tax  investment  yield  was  2.5%  with  duration  of  4.7  years  as  of
December  31,  2015  compared  to  an  average  pre-tax  investment  yield  of  2.2%  and  duration  of  3.9  years  as  of
December  31,  2014.

Net investment income in 2014 was higher when compared to 2013. The increase in investment income was due
to higher investment yields driven by a larger allocation of the investment portfolio to corporate debt securities, which
produce yields above the U.S. government debt they replaced, and also reinvestment of proceeds into securities with
longer time to maturity on average. The portfolio’s average pre-tax investment yield was 2.2% with duration of 3.9 years
as of December 31, 2014 compared to an average pre-tax investment yield of 1.7% and duration of 3.2 years as of
December  31,  2013.

Our  current  investment  policy  emphasizes  preservation  of  capital.  Therefore,  our  investment  portfolio  consists
almost  entirely  of  high-quality,  investment  grade,  fixed  maturity  securities.  The  investment  policy  also  places  an
emphasis  on  maximizing  net  investment  income.  In  order  to  maximize  net  investment  income,  the  concentration  of
tax-exempt  municipal  securities  has  increased  with  sustained  profitability  of  the  company.  Tax-exempt  municipal
securities represent 22% of the investment portfolio as of December 31, 2015 compared to 2% as of December 31,
2014.

Realized  gains  and  other-than-temporary  impairments

Net realized gains for 2015 of $28.4 million were driven by sales of fixed maturity securities in the first quarter to
realize gains under favorable market conditions. As of December 31, 2015, the net unrealized losses in our investment
portfolio were $26.6 million, which included $67.8 million of gross unrealized losses, partially offset by $41.3 million of
gross  unrealized  gains.

Net  realized  gains  for  2014  included  $1.5  million  in  net  realized  gains  on  the  sale  of  fixed  maturity  securities,

slightly  offset  by  $0.1  million  of  OTTI  losses.

Net  realized  gains  for  2013  included  $6.1  million  in  net  realized  gains  on  the  sale  of  fixed  maturity  securities,

slightly  offset  by  $0.3  million  in  OTTI  losses.

Other  revenue

Other revenue for 2015 increased compared to 2014 primarily due to an increase in our contract underwriting fees

attributable  to  higher  mortgage  origination  volumes.

Other  revenue  for  2014  decreased  compared  to  2013  primarily  due  to  losses  of  $0.8  million  realized  on  debt
repurchases. In the first quarter of 2014 we repurchased $20.9 million in par value of our 5.375% Senior Notes due in
November  2015  at  a  cost  slightly  above  par.

Losses

As  discussed  in  ‘‘Critical  Accounting  Policies’’  below  and  consistent  with  industry  practices,  we  establish  loss
reserves for future claims only for loans that are currently delinquent. The terms ‘‘delinquent’’ and ‘‘default’’ are used
interchangeably by us. We consider a loan in default when it is two or more payments past due. Loss reserves are

22

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

established based on estimating the number of loans in our default inventory that will result in a claim payment, which is
referred to as the claim rate, and further estimating the amount of the claim payment, which is referred to as claim
severity.

Estimation of losses is inherently judgmental. The conditions that affect the claim rate and claim severity include
the current and future state of the domestic economy, including unemployment and the current and future strength of
local housing markets. The actual amount of the claim payments may be substantially different than our loss reserve
estimates. Our estimates could be adversely affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or national
economic conditions, including unemployment, leading to a reduction in borrower income and thus their ability to make
mortgage payments, and a drop in housing values, that could result in, among other things, greater losses on loans, and
may  affect  borrower  willingness  to  continue  to  make  mortgage  payments  when  the  value  of  the  home  is  below  the
mortgage  balance.  Our  estimates  are  also  affected  by  any  agreements  we  enter  into  regarding  our  claims  paying
practices, such as the settlement agreements discussed in Note 20 – ‘‘Litigation and Contingencies’’ to our consolidated
financial statements. Changes to our estimates could result in a material impact to our results of operations and capital
position,  even  in  a  stable  economic  environment.

Losses  incurred

Losses  incurred  for  2015  decreased  by  $153  million  compared  to  2014.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  a
decrease in the number of new default notices received, net of cures, and favorable development on prior year losses.
The primary default inventory decreased by 17,268 delinquencies in 2015 compared to a decrease of 23,427 in 2014.
Substantially all of the new default notices received in 2015 are with respect to loans insured in 2008 and prior. As a
result of improving housing and economic conditions the claim rate applied to new notices in 2015 has declined by
approximately 1.5 percentage points compared to new notices in 2014. Regarding new notices in 2016, our expectation
is  for  limited  improvement  in  the  13%  claim  rate  applied  to  new  notices  as  of  December  31,  2015.

Losses  incurred  for  2014  decreased  by  $343  million  compared  to  2013.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  a
decrease in the number of new default notices received, net of cures, and favorable development on prior year losses.
The primary default inventory decreased by 23,427 delinquencies in 2014 compared to a decrease of 36,517 in 2013.
The claim rate and estimated severity on our default inventory as of December 31, 2014 increased slightly compared to
the  rates  and  amounts  as  of  December  31,  2013.

In 2015, net losses incurred were $344 million, reflecting $454 million of current year loss development partially
offset  by  $110  million  of  favorable  prior  years’  loss  development.  In  2014,  net  losses  incurred  were  $496  million,
reflecting  $596  million  of  current  year  loss  development  offset  by  $100  million  of  favorable  prior  years’  loss
development. In 2013, net losses incurred were $839 million, reflecting of $899 million of current year loss development
offset  by  $60  million  of  favorable  prior  years’  loss  development.

Historically, losses incurred have followed a seasonal trend in which the second half of the year has weaker credit

performance  than  the  first  half,  with  higher  new  notice  activity  and  a  lower  cure  rate.

See Note 9 – ‘‘Loss Reserves’’ to our consolidated financial statements and ‘‘Critical Accounting Policies’’ below

for  a  discussion  of  our  losses  incurred  and  claims  paying  practices.

23

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Information about the composition of the primary insurance default inventory at December 31, 2015, 2014 and

2013  appears  in  the  table  below.

Total  loans  delinquent
Percentage  of  loans  delinquent  (default  rate)
Prime  loans  delinquent(1)
Percentage  of  prime  loans  delinquent  (default  rate)
A-minus  loans  delinquent(1)
Percentage  of  A-minus  loans  delinquent  (default  rate)
Subprime  credit  loans  delinquent(1)
Percentage  of  subprime  credit  loans  (default  rate)
Reduced  documentation  loans  delinquent(2)
Percentage  of  reduced  documentation  loans  delinquent

(default  rate)

December  31,

2015

2014

2013

62,633

79,901

103,328

6.31%

8.25%

10.76%

40,214

50,307

65,724

4.46%

5.82%

7.82%

10,451
25.67% 27.61%

13,021

4,080
31.22% 35.20%

5,228

16,496
30.41%

6,391
38.70%

7,888

11,345

14,717

21.98% 27.08%

30.41%

(1) We define prime loans as those having FICO credit scores of 620 or greater, A-minus loans as those
having FICO credit scores of 575-619, and subprime credit loans as those having FICO credit scores
of  less  than  575,  all  as  reported  to  us  at  the  time  a  commitment  to  insure  is  issued.  However,  we
classify  all  loans  without  complete  documentation  as  ‘‘reduced  documentation’’  loans  regardless  of
FICO  score  rather  than  as  a  prime,  ‘‘A-minus’’  or  ‘‘subprime’’  loan;  in  the  table  above,  such  loans
appear  only  in  the  reduced  documentation  category  and  they  do  not  appear  in  any  of  the  other
categories.

(2)

In accordance with industry practice, loans approved by GSE and other automated underwriting (AU)
systems under ‘‘doc waiver’’ programs that do not require verification of borrower income are classified
by MGIC as ‘‘full documentation.’’ Based in part on information provided by the GSEs, we estimate full
documentation loans of this type were approximately 4% of 2007 NIW. Information for other periods is
not available. We understand these AU systems granted such doc waivers for loans they judged to
have higher credit quality. We also understand that the GSEs terminated their ‘‘doc waiver’’ programs,
with  respect  to  new  commitments,  in  the  second  half  of  2008.

The  primary  and  pool  loss  reserves  as  of  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013  appear  in  the  table  below.

24

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Gross  Reserves

Primary:
Direct  loss  reserves  (in  millions)
Ending  default  inventory
Average  direct  reserve  per  default

December  31,

2015

2014

2013

$ 1,807
62,633
$28,859

$ 2,246
79,901
$28,107

$

2,834
103,328
$ 27,425

Primary  claims  received  inventory  included  in  ending

default  inventory

2,769

4,746

6,948

Pool(1):
Direct  loss  reserves  (in  millions):
With  aggregate  loss  limits
Without  aggregate  loss  limits
Reserves  related  to  Freddie  Mac  settlement(2)

Total  pool  direct  loss  reserves

Ending  default  inventory:
With  aggregate  loss  limits
Without  aggregate  loss  limits

Total  pool  ending  default  inventory

Pool  claims  received  inventory  included  in  ending  default

inventory

Other  gross  reserves  (in  millions)

$

$

$

34
9
42

85

$

$

53
12
84

$

149

$

2,126
613

2,739

3,020
777

3,797

82
17
126

225

5,496
1,067

6,563

60

1

$

99

2

$

173

2

(1) Since a number of our pool policies include aggregate loss limits and/or deductibles, we do not disclose

an  average  direct  reserve  per  default  for  our  pool  business.

(2) See our Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2012 for a

discussion  of  our  settlement  with  Freddie  Mac  regarding  a  pool  policy.

The primary default inventory and primary loss reserves by region at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 appear

in  the  tables  below.

Primary  Default  Inventory  by  Region

Region

Great  Lakes
Mid-Atlantic
New  England
North  Central
Northeast
Pacific
Plains
South  Central
Southeast

Total

2015

2014

2013

7,486
3,523
3,291
6,437
10,973
4,587
2,117
7,342
16,877

9,329
4,416
4,117
8,499
13,152
6,242
2,427
9,045
22,674

12,049
5,469
5,056
11,225
15,223
8,313
3,156
11,606
31,231

62,633

79,901

103,328

25

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Primary  Loss  Reserves  by  Region

Region

Great  Lakes
Mid-Atlantic
New  England
North  Central
Northeast
Pacific
Plains
South  Central
Southeast

Total  before  IBNR  and  LAE
IBNR  and  LAE

Total

Regions  contain  the  following  jurisdictions*:

Great  Lakes:  IN,  KY,  MI,  OH
Mid-Atlantic:  DC,  DE,  MD,  VA,  WV
New  England:  CT,  MA,  ME,  NH,  RI,  VT
North  Central:  IL,  MN,  MO,  WI
Northeast:  NJ,  NY,  PA

2015

$ 127
101
113
170
433
176
32
92
437

$1,681
126

2014
(In  millions)
$ 139
123
125
222
446
250
35
133
641

$2,114
132

2013

$ 206
123
139
313
417
360
53
192
849

$2,652
182

$1,807

$2,246

$2,834

Pacific:  CA,  HI,  NV,  OR,  WA
Plains:  IA,  ID,  KS,  MT,  ND,  NE,  SD,  WY
South  Central:  AK,  AZ,  CO,  LA,  NM,  OK,  TX,  UT
Southeast:  AL,  AR,  FL,  GA,  MS,  NC,  SC,  TN,
Puerto  Rico

*

Jurisdictions  in  italics  are  those  that  predominately  use  a  judicial  foreclosure  process,  which  generally
increases  the  amount  of  time  it  takes  for  a  foreclosure  to  be  completed.

The average claim paid, as shown in the table below, can vary materially from period to period based upon a
variety of factors, including the local market conditions, average loan amount, average coverage percentage, and loss
mitigation  efforts  on  loans  for  which  claims  are  paid.

26

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

The  primary  average  claim  paid  for  the  top  5  jurisdictions  (based  on  2015  paid  claims)  for  the  years  ended

December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013  appears  in  the  table  below.

Primary  Average  Claim

Florida
Illinois
Maryland
New  Jersey
California
All  other  jurisdictions

All  jurisdictions

2015

2014

2013*

$59,433
50,168
77,789
74,491
83,699
40,531

$53,511
48,176
66,140
74,257
82,630
39,203

$53,647
47,872
71,754
73,321
84,862
40,327

$48,248

$45,596

$46,375

*

Excludes  claim  payments  associated  with  the  implementation  of  the  settlement  agreement  with
Countrywide as discussed in Note 20 – ‘‘Litigation and Contingencies’’ to our consolidated financial
statements.

The primary average loan size of our insurance in force at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 appears in the

table  below.

Primary  Average  Loan  Size

Total  insurance  in  force
Prime  (FICO  620  &  >)
A-Minus  (FICO  575-619)
Subprime  (FICO  <  575)
Reduced  doc  (All  FICOs)(1)

2015

2014

2013

$175,890
178,690
126,870
116,690
182,610

$170,240
172,990
126,420
117,310
181,480

$165,310
167,660
127,280
118,510
183,050

(1)

In  this  report  we  classify  loans  without  complete  documentation  as  ‘‘reduced  documentation’’  loans
regardless of FICO credit score rather than as prime, ‘‘A-’’ or ‘‘subprime’’ loans; in the table above,
such loans appear only in the reduced documentation category and they do not appear in any of the
other  categories.

The  primary  average  loan  size  of  our  insurance  in  force  at  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013  for  the  top  5

jurisdictions  (based  on  2015  paid  claims)  appears  in  the  table  below.

Primary  Average  Loan  Size

Florida
Illinois
Maryland
New  Jersey
California
All  other  jurisdictions

2015

2014

2013

$184,620
157,957
243,505
244,473
286,181
166,068

$177,981
155,335
239,875
240,846
283,228
160,314

$172,869
154,694
236,840
239,189
282,660
155,196

27

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Information about net paid claims during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 appears in the table

below.

Net  Paid  Claims

Prime  (FICO  620  &  >)
A-Minus  (FICO  575-619)
Subprime  (FICO  <  575)
Reduced  doc  (All  FICOs)(1)
Pool(2)
Other(3)

Direct  losses  paid
Reinsurance

Net  losses  paid
LAE

Net  losses  and  LAE  paid  before  terminations
Reinsurance  terminations

Net  losses  and  LAE  paid

2015

$510
96
37
134
68
5

850
(23)

827
22

849
(15)

2014
(In  millions)
$ 755
124
38
157
84
1

2013

$1,163
179
50
219
104
107

1,159
(34)

1,125
29

1,154
–

1,822
(61)

1,761
36

1,797
(3)

$834

$1,154

$1,794

(1)

(2)

(3)

In  this  report  we  classify  loans  without  complete  documentation  as  ‘‘reduced  documentation’’  loans
regardless of FICO credit score rather than as prime, ‘‘A-’’ or ‘‘subprime’’ loans; in the table above,
such loans appear only in the reduced documentation category and they do not appear in any of the
other  categories.

2015, 2014 and 2013 each include $42 million paid under the terms of our settlement with Freddie Mac
as  discussed  in  Note  9  –  ‘‘Loss  Reserves’’  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.

2013  includes  $105  million  associated  with  the  implementation  of  the  Countrywide  settlement  as
discussed  in  Note  20  –  ‘‘Litigation  and  Contingencies’’  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.

Primary claims paid for the top 15 jurisdictions (based on 2015 paid claims) and all other jurisdictions for the years

ended  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013  appear  in  the  table  below.

28

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Paid  Claims  by  Jurisdiction

Florida
Illinois
Maryland
New  Jersey
California
Pennsylvania
New  York
Ohio
Washington
Georgia
Connecticut
Michigan
Virginia
Wisconsin
Massachusetts
All  other  jurisdictions

Other  (Pool,  LAE,  Reinsurance  and  Other)

Net  losses  and  LAE  paid

2015

$159
61
45
44
39
33
31
27
25
19
18
17
17
16
15
211

$777
57

$834

2014
(In  millions)
$ 247
91
49
38
57
42
27
41
38
29
18
29
19
21
12
316

$1,074
80

2013*

$ 297
139
51
33
147
46
20
60
69
58
14
57
31
41
22
526

$1,611
183

$1,154

$1,794

*

In  2013  the  claims  paid  associated  with  our  settlement  agreement  with  Countrywide  is  included  in
‘‘Other’’  above  and  not  in  the  specific  jurisdiction  disclosure.

We  believe  paid  claims  will  continue  to  decline  in  2016.

The primary default inventory for the top 15 jurisdictions (based on 2015 paid claims) at December 31, 2015, 2014

and  2013  appears  in  the  table  below.

29

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Default  Inventory  by  Jurisdiction

Florida
Illinois
Maryland
New  Jersey
California
Pennsylvania
New  York
Ohio
Washington
Georgia
Connecticut
Michigan
Virginia
Wisconsin
Massachusetts
All  other  jurisdictions

2015

2014

2013

5,903
3,301
1,609
3,498
2,019
3,574
3,901
3,209
1,049
2,225
832
1,877
1,109
1,378
1,390
25,759

9,442
4,481
2,119
4,077
2,777
4,480
4,595
3,908
1,415
2,726
1,095
2,447
1,355
1,797
1,631
31,556

14,685
6,167
2,791
4,646
3,656
5,449
5,128
5,055
1,986
3,515
1,393
3,284
1,598
2,176
1,904
39,895

62,633

79,901

103,328

The primary default inventory by policy year at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 appears in the table below.

Default  Inventory  by  Policy  Year

Policy  year:

2004  and  prior
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015

2015

2014

2013

14,599
7,890
11,853
20,000
5,418
515
274
246
388
615
672
163

19,797
10,630
15,529
25,232
6,721
648
300
260
316
335
133
–

26,190
13,728
20,055
33,085
8,714
749
327
243
189
48
–
–

62,633

79,901

103,328

Our results of operations continue to be negatively impacted by the mortgage insurance we wrote during 2005
through 2008. Although uncertainty remains with respect to the ultimate losses we may experience on these books of
business,  as  we  continue  to  write  new  insurance  on  high-quality  mortgages,  those  books  have  become  a  smaller
percentage  of  our  total  portfolio,  and  we  expect  this  trend  to  continue.  Our  2005  through  2008  books  of  business
represented  approximately  32%  and  40%  of  our  total  primary  risk  in  force  at  December  31,  2015  and  2014,
respectively. Approximately 36% of the remaining primary risk in force on our 2005-2008 books of business benefited
from  HARP  as  of  December  31,  2015,  compared  to  33%  as  of  December  31,  2014.

30

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

On our primary business, the highest claim frequency years have typically been the third and fourth year after the
year  of  loan  origination.  However,  the  pattern  of  claims  frequency  can  be  affected  by  many  factors,  including
persistency  and  deteriorating  economic  conditions.  Low  persistency  can  accelerate  the  period  in  the  life  of  a  book
during  which  the  highest  claim  frequency  occurs.  Deteriorating  economic  conditions  can  result  in  increasing  claims
following  a  period  of  declining  claims.  As  of  December  31,  2015,  50%  of  our  primary  risk  in  force  was  written
subsequent to December 31, 2012, 57% of our primary risk in force was written subsequent to December 31, 2011, and
59%  of  our  primary  risk  in  force  was  written  subsequent  to  December  31,  2010.

Premium  deficiency

Beginning  in  2007,  when  we  stopped  writing  Wall  Street  bulk  business,  we  began  to  separately  measure  the
performance of these transactions and established a premium deficiency reserve related to this business. The premium
deficiency reserve reflected the present value of expected future losses and expenses that exceeded the present value
of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves. There was no premium deficiency reserve required
as of December 31, 2015. The premium deficiency reserve as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $24 million and
$48  million,  respectively.

See Note 10 – ‘‘Premium Deficiency Reserve’’ to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our

premium  deficiency  reserve,  as  well  as  under  ‘‘Critical  Accounting  Policies’’  below.

Underwriting  and  other  expenses

Underwriting and other expenses for 2015 increased when compared to 2014. The increase was primarily due to a
return of ceding commissions to reinsurers as a result of commuting our 2013 QSR Transaction and an increase in
employee  costs.

Underwriting and other expenses for 2014 decreased when compared to 2013. The decrease primarily reflects an
increase in ceding commissions related to our reinsurance agreements, a reduction in employee costs, and a decrease
in  legal  expenses.

Ratios

The chart below presents our GAAP loss and expense ratios for our combined insurance operations for the years

ended  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013.

100%

0%

Expense and Loss Ratios

88.9%

58.8%

38.3%

14.9%

14.7%

18.6%

2015

2014

2013

Underwriting
expense ratio
(Net premiums
written basis)

Loss ratio
(Net premiums
earned basis)

10MAR201618444929

The loss ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the sum of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses
to net premiums earned. The loss ratio does not reflect any effects due to premium deficiency. The decrease in the loss
ratio in 2015 compared to 2014 was due to lower losses incurred and an increase in premiums earned. The underwriting

31

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

expense  ratio  is  the  ratio,  expressed  as  a  percentage,  of  the  underwriting  expenses  of  our  combined  insurance
operations (which excludes the cost of non-insurance operations) to net premiums written. The increase in the expense
ratio in 2015 compared to 2014 was due to an increase in employee costs and a decrease in ceding commissions,
offset  in  part  by  an  increase  in  net  premiums  written.  The  decrease  in  ceding  commissions  was  attributable  to  the
commutation  of  the  2013  QSR  Transaction.  The  increase  in  net  premiums  written  in  2015  was  attributable  to  the
commutation of our 2013 QSR Transaction, due to the return of ceded unearned premiums, as well as higher average
insurance  in  force.

The decrease in the loss ratio in 2014 compared to 2013 was due to a decrease in losses incurred, somewhat
offset by a decrease in net premiums earned. The decrease in the underwriting expense ratio in 2014 compared to 2013
was due to an increase in ceding commissions under our 2013 QSR Transaction and a decrease in other expenses of
our  combined  insurance  operations,  offset  in  part  by  a  decrease  in  net  premiums  written.

Interest  expense

Interest expense for 2015 decreased when compared to 2014. The decrease was due to the maturity of our senior

notes  on  November  1,  2015,  which  were  repaid  with  holding  company  cash  on  hand.

Interest expense for 2014 decreased when compared to 2013. The decrease is primarily related to a $10.5 million
decrease in amortization of the discount on our junior debentures, which became fully amortized in the first quarter of
2013, and a decrease in interest expense on our Senior Notes due in 2015 resulting from repurchases in 2013 and
2014. These decreases were offset in part by an increase in interest expense from our Convertible Notes due in 2020
that  were  issued  in  the  March  of  2013.

Income  taxes

The effective tax rate (benefit) on our pre-tax income was (140.3%) in 2015 compared to the effective tax rate
provision on our pre-tax income of 1.1% in 2014 and the effective tax rate provision on our pre-tax loss of 8.0% in 2013.
During 2015, the effective tax rate provision was reduced and became an effective tax rate (benefit) due to the reversal
of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. During 2014 and 2013, the effective tax rate provision was reduced by the
change  in  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance.

See  Note  14  –  ‘‘Income  Taxes’’  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of  our  tax  position.

Financial  Condition

Investments

(cid:129)

Investment  Portfolio  2015  Highlights

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Investments  totaled  $4.7  billion  as  of  December  31,  2015,  increasing  from  $4.6  billion  as  of
December  31,  2014.

Net investment income was $103.7 million in 2015, an increase of 18.4% from $87.6 million in 2014.

Net  realized  investment  gains  were  $28.4  million  in  2015  compared  to  $1.4  million  in  2014.

(cid:129)

Overview  and  strategy

32

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

The  return  on  our  investment  portfolio  is  an  important  component  of  our  financial  results.  Our  main  portfolio
objectives are to maximize yield, protect principal, maximize statutory capital, and minimize losses. In that regard, we
employ  a  strategic  asset  allocation  approach  which  considers  the  risk  and  return  parameters  of  the  various  asset
classes in which we invest. This asset allocation is informed by our global economic and market outlook, as well as
other inputs and constraints, including diversification effects, duration, liquidity and capital considerations. The credit
risk of specific securities is evaluated through analysis of the underlying fundamentals that includes consideration of the
issuer’s sector, scale, profitability, debt cover, and ratings. The investment policy guidelines limit the amount of our
credit  exposure  to  any  one  issue,  issuer  and  type  of  instrument.  The  investment  portfolio  is  principally  invested  in
marketable  investment  grade  fixed  maturity  securities  and  targets  an  intermediate  5  to  7  year  duration.

See Note 6 – ‘‘Investments’’ to our consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure on our investment

portfolio.

(cid:129)

Investments  outlook

Interest rates were in a state of flux during 2015 as market participants digested data showing slowing global
growth  and  sought  greater  clarity  on  the  Federal  Open  Market  Committee’s  (‘‘FOMC’’)  positions  on  employment,
inflation, and U.S. growth when considering their timing of federal fund rate changes. Although the FOMC has indicated
that as many as four interest rate increases may occur in 2016, we anticipate that interest rates may remain below
historical averages for an extended period of time and that financial markets will continue to have periods of elevated
volatility. We seek to manage our exposure to interest rate risk and volatility by maintaining a diverse mix of high quality
securities  that  have  an  intermediate  duration  profile.

(cid:129)

Investment  Portfolio  Composition

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 our investment portfolio was primarily made up of fixed maturity securities.
Total  investments  increased  to  $4.7  billion  as  of  December  31,  2015,  from  $4.6  billion  as  of  December  31,  2014,
primarily due to available capital from positive operating cash flows, partially offset by the repayment and repurchases
of debt obligations in 2015 and a decrease in fair values. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 3% of the investment
portfolio’s  fair  value  was  in  energy  sector  corporate  bond  holdings  with  net  unrealized  losses  of  $14.6  million.

The composition of our fixed maturity security ratings, based on fair value, at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

are  shown  in  the  chart  below.

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

5

4

3

1

1

1

0

0

0

2

2

2

0%

Fixed Maturity Security Ratings (100% investment grade)

23%

31%

25%

17%

35%

35%

42%

17%

27%

AAA

AA

A

BBB

17%

17%

14%

100%

10MAR201618445182

The ratings above are provided by one or more of: Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings. If three ratings
are available the middle rating is utilized, otherwise the lowest rating is utilized. Approximately 2% of our investment
portfolio is guaranteed by financial guarantors. As of December 31, 2015, less than 1% of our fixed maturity securities
relied  on  financial  guaranty  insurance  to  elevate  their  rating.

33

 
Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Income  taxes

During 2015, we reversed the valuation allowance that had been recorded against our deferred tax assets since
2009. The reversal of the valuation allowance was based on analysis that it was more likely than not that our deferred
tax assets would be fully realizable as more fully described in Note 14 – ‘‘Income Taxes’’ to our consolidated financial
statements. The recognition of our net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015 is reflected on our consolidated
balance sheet in the amount of $762.1 million. A substantial portion of our deferred tax assets are the result of net
operating  losses  experienced  in  prior  years  that  we  expect  to  realize  in  future  periods.

The  reversal  of  our  valuation  allowance  against  our  deferred  tax  assets  is  a  discrete  period  item  and  was
recognized as a component of our tax provision in continuing operations during 2015. As a result, we received a benefit
in our tax provision of approximately $687 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. As this benefit increased our
net  income,  the  benefit  had  the  effect  of  substantially  increasing  our  retained  earnings  as  of  December  31,  2015.

We  continue  to  have  unresolved  tax  matters  primarily  related  to  reviews  of  our  2000-2007  federal  income  tax
returns by the Internal Revenue Service (‘‘IRS’’). The outcome of any litigation or settlement with the IRS on these
matters, including timing and amounts that may be ultimately owed, is uncertain. Our consolidated financial statements
reflect our estimates of the tax contingencies discussed more fully in Note 14 – ‘‘Income Taxes’’ to our consolidated
financial  statements.

Benefit  plans

We have a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all domestic employees, as well as
a supplemental executive retirement plan. Retirement benefits are based on compensation and years of service. We
maintain plan assets to fund our benefit obligations associated with our benefit plans. As of December 31, 2015 our
pension and post-retirement benefit plans have plan assets in excess of their projected obligations. The supplemental
executive  retirement  plan  benefits  are  paid  from  MGIC  assets  at  the  time  of  employee  retirements.  Our  projected
benefit obligations under these plans are subject to numerous actuarial assumptions that may change in the future and
as a result could substantially increase or decrease our obligations. Plan assets held to pay our obligations are invested
in a portfolio of securities whose maturities are aligned with the liability component of our obligations. If the performance
of our invested plan assets differs from our expectations, the funded status of the benefit plans may decline, even with
no significant change in the obligations. See Note 13 – ‘‘Benefit Plans’’ to our consolidated financial statements for a
complete  discussion  of  these  plans  and  their  effect  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.

Loss  reserves

Loss reserves are the primary liability on our balance sheet and they represent our estimated liability for losses
and  settlement  expenses  under  MGIC’s  mortgage  guaranty  insurance  policies,  before  considering  offsetting
reinsurance  balances  recoverable.  Reinsurance  balances  recoverable  on  our  estimated  losses  and  settlement
expenses,  which  serve  to  offset  our  loss  reserves,  were  $44.5  million  as  of  December  31,  2015.

The  loss  reserves  can  be  split  into  two  parts:  (1)  reserves  representing  estimates  of  losses  and  settlement
expenses on known delinquencies and (2) IBNR reserves representing estimates of losses and settlement expenses on
delinquencies  that  have  occurred  but  have  not  yet  been  reported  to  us.  Our  gross  liability  for  both  is  reduced  by
reinsurance balances recoverable on our estimated losses and settlement expenses to calculate a net reserve balance.
The net reserve balance decreased to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2015, from $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2014.
This  reflects  incurred  losses  of  $343.5  million  in  2015  offset  by  paid  losses  of  $833.6  million  compared  to  incurred
losses of $496.1 million offset by $1.2 billion paid losses in 2014. The overall decrease in our loss reserves between
2015 and 2014 was due to a higher level of losses paid relative to losses incurred in 2015. The primary driver of our

34

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

lower level of losses incurred in 2015 compared to 2014 was the receipt of fewer delinquency notices and a higher cure
rate.

Debt

We  had  convertible  debt  obligations  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2015  totaling  $1.2  billion.  Our  next
scheduled debt maturity is in May 2017, with additional scheduled maturities in April 2020, and April 2063. In addition,
see Note 7 – ‘‘Fair Value Measurements’’ and Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ to our consolidated financial statements for disclosures
regarding  our  debt  as  of  December  31,  2015.

During the first quarter of 2016 through February 26, 2016 we purchased $127.7 million in par value of our 5%
Convertible Senior Notes due in 2017 with funds from our holding company and MGIC purchased $132.7 million of par
value  of  our  9%  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  due  in  2063,  which  will  be  deemed  retired  on  our
consolidated  financial  statements,  using  $155  million  in  funds  obtained  from  the  proceeds  of  a  borrowing  from  the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (‘‘FHLBC’’), of which it is a member. See ‘‘Liquidity and Capital Resources’’ and
‘‘Contractual Obligations’’ below for additional discussion of these 2016 debt transactions, our remaining outstanding
debt  obligations  and  supporting  liquidity.

Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources

Cash  Flows

We have three primary types of cash flows: (1) operating cash flows, which consist mainly of cash generated by
our insurance operations and income earned on our investment portfolio, less amounts paid for claims, interest expense
and  operating  expenses,  (2)  investing  cash  flows  related  to  the  purchase,  sale  and  maturity  of  investments  and
(3) financing cash flows generally from activities that impact our capital structure, such as changes in debt and shares
outstanding. The following table summarizes these three cash flows on a consolidated basis for the last three years.

Total  cash  and  cash  equivalents  provided  by  (used

in):

Operating  activities
Investing  activities
Financing  activities

Years  ended  December  31,

2015

2014
(In  thousands)

2013

$152,036
(96,958)
(71,840)

$(405,277) $ (970,711)
(854,947)
1,130,725

292,234
(21,767)

Decrease  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents

$ (16,762) $(134,810) $ (694,933)

We had positive operating cash flow in 2015. For the years ended 2014 and 2013 our operating activities were a
substantial use of cash due to negative underwriting results that required significant claim payments in excess of our
premiums received. For the year ended 2015, our premiums received exceeded the level of claims paid. When we
experience cash shortfalls, we can fund them through sales of investment portfolio securities. To the extent funds are
required by an entity other than the seller of these securities, a transfer of capital from one entity to another would be
required. Payment of a dividend would be subject to insurance regulatory requirements. A significant portion of our
investment  portfolio  is  held  by  our  insurance  subsidiaries.

35

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Operating  activities

The  following  list  highlights  some  of  the  major  sources  and  uses  of  cash  flow  from  operating  activities:

Sources

Uses

Premiums  received
Loss  payments  from  reinsurers
Investment  income

Claim  payments
Ceded  premium  to  reinsurers
Interest  expense
Operating  expenses

Our largest source of cash is from premiums received from our insurance policies, which we receive on a monthly
installment basis for most policies. Premiums are received at the beginning of the coverage period for single premium
and annual premium policies. Our largest cash outflow is for claims that arise when a default results in an insured loss.
Because the payment of claims occurs after the receipt of the premium, often years later, we invest the cash in various
investment  securities  that  earn  interest.  We  also  use  cash  to  pay  for  our  ongoing  expenses  such  as  salaries,  debt
interest, and rent. We also utilize reinsurance to manage the risk we take on our mortgage guaranty policies. We cede,
or  pay  out,  part  of  the  premiums  we  receive  to  our  reinsurers  and  collect  cash  back  when  losses  subject  to  our
reinsurance  coverage  are  paid.

The change in net cash from operating activities in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily due to a lower level of
losses  paid  and  the  result  of  commuting  our  2013  QSR  Transaction.  Upon  final  settlement  of  the  2013  QSR
Transaction, we received return payment for written premiums previously ceded by us and received payment of our
profit  commission  accrued  during  the  term  of  the  agreement.  Cash  flows  from  operations  in  2015  also  increased
compared  to  2014  due  to  an  increase  in  premiums  collected  as  our  mix  of  single  premium  policies  written  and  our
insurance  in  force  increased,  and  also  from  a  higher  level  of  investment  income.

Cash used in operating activities for 2014 was lower when compared to 2013 due to a decrease in losses paid and

a  decrease  in  premiums  returned,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  premiums  collected.

Investing  activities

The  following  list  highlights  some  of  the  major  sources  and  uses  of  cash  flow  from  investing  activities:

Sources

Uses

Proceeds  from  fixed  maturity  securities  sold,
called  or  matured
Decreases  in  restricted  cash

Purchases  of  fixed  maturity  securities
Purchases  of  equity  securities
Increases  in  restricted  cash
Purchase  of  property  and  equipment

We maintain an investment portfolio that is primarily invested in a diverse mix of fixed maturity securities. Our
main portfolio objectives are to maximize yield, protect principal, maximize statutory capital, and minimize losses. As of
December 31, 2015, our portfolio had a fair value of $4.7 billion. As of December 31, 2015 the value of our investment
portfolio  increased  by  $50.5  million,  or  1.1%  from  December  31,  2014.

Net cash flows used in investing activities in 2015 was primarily the result of purchasing securities in an amount
that exceeded our proceeds from sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities during the year. This outflow was
offset  in  part  by  a  reduction  of  cash  restricted  in  its  use.

In  2014,  net  cash  flows  provided  by  investing  activities  was  primarily  the  result  of  proceeds  from  sales  and

maturities  of  our  fixed  maturity  securities  exceeding  our  investment  purchases.

36

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

In 2013, cash used in investment activities was primarily the result of purchases of fixed maturity securities using

proceeds  from  our  concurrent  stock  and  convertible  senior  note  offerings.

Financing  activities

In addition to the previously discussed operating and investing activities, we also engage in financing activities to
manage  our  capital  structure.  The  following  list  highlights  the  major  sources  and  uses  of  cash  flow  from  financing
activities:

Sources

Uses

Proceeds  from  debt  offerings
Proceeds  from  stock  offerings
Tax  benefits  related  to  share  based  compensation
plans

Repayment/repurchase  of  debt

As  of  December  31,  2015,  our  capital  structure  consisted  of  $1.2  billion  of  long-term  debt  and  $2.2  billion  of
shareholders’  equity.  Debt  outstanding  represented  35.4%  of  total  capital  as  of  December  31,  2015,  which  is  a
decrease  from  55.6%  as  of  December  31,  2014.

Our capital levels increased significantly in March 2013 as we completed the public offering and sale of 135 million
shares of our common stock at a price of $5.15 per share. We received net proceeds of approximately $663.3 million,
after  deducting  underwriting  discount  and  offering  expenses.  The  shares  of  common  stock  sold  were  newly  issued
shares. In March 2013, we also concurrently completed the sale of $500 million principal amount of 2% Convertible
Senior  Notes  due  in  2020.  For  more  information,  see  Note  8  –  ‘‘Debt’’  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.

We  currently  have  1.0  billion  shares  of  common  stock  authorized  with  approximately  340  million  issued  and

outstanding.

Cash used in financing activities for 2015 reflect the repayment of our Senior Notes that matured on November 1,
2015 and repurchases of $11.5 million par value of our Convertible Senior Notes due in May 2017, offset in part by tax
benefits  related  to  share-based  compensation.

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  for  2014  reflect  the  repurchase  of  $20.9  million  of  our  Senior  Notes  due  in

November  2015.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2013 reflect the issuance of common stock and Convertible Senior Notes

due  in  2020  as  discussed  above.

For information about the first quarter 2016 purchase by our holding company of a portion of our 5% Convertible
Senior Notes and purchase by MGIC of a portion of our outstanding 9% Junior Convertible Debentures, see ‘‘Debt at
Our Holding Company and Holding Company Capital Resources’’ below. The remaining outstanding Convertible Senior
Notes and Convertible Junior Debentures are obligations of MGIC Investment Corporation and not of its subsidiaries.

37

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Capital  Structure

The  following  table  summarizes  our  capital  structure  as  of  December  31,  2015,  2014,  and  2013.

Common  stock,  paid-in  capital,  retained  earnings  (deficit),  less  treasury

stock

Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss,  net  of  tax

Total  shareholders’  equity
Debt

Total  capital  resources

Ratio  of  debt  to  shareholders’  equity

2015

2014
(In  thousands,  except  ratio)

2013

$2,297,020
(60,880)

$1,118,244
(81,341)

$ 862,264
(117,726)

2,236,140
1,223,025

1,036,903
1,296,475

744,538
1,317,405

$3,459,165

$2,333,378

$2,061,943

54.7%

125.0%

176.9%

The increase in our total shareholders’ equity in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily due to our net income
generated in 2015, which included a substantial tax benefit from the reversal of our valuation allowance on deferred tax
assets. Our shareholders’ equity also increased in 2014 relative to 2013 primarily due to net income generated in 2014
as  well  as  other  comprehensive  income,  which  includes  the  effects  of  changes  in  our  investment  values.

During the third quarter of 2015 our insurance subsidiary, MGIC, became a member of the FHLBC. Membership in
the Federal Home Loan Bank System will provide MGIC access to an additional source of liquidity via a secured lending
facility. As of December 31, 2015, no amounts were outstanding with FHLBC. For information about the first quarter
2016  borrowing  by  MGIC  under  that  facility  to  purchase  of  a  portion  of  our  outstanding  9%  Junior  Convertible
Debentures,  see  ‘‘Debt  at  Our  Holding  Company  and  Holding  Company  Capital  Resources’’  below.

Debt  at  Our  Holding  Company  and  Holding  Company  Capital  Resources

See Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ and Note 15 – ‘‘Shareholders’ Equity’’ to our consolidated financial statements for information

related  to  our  sale  of  common  stock  and  issuance  of  convertible  senior  notes  in  March  2013.

The Convertible Senior Notes and Convertible Junior Debentures are obligations of our holding company, MGIC
Investment Corporation, and not of its subsidiaries. The payment of dividends from our insurance subsidiaries which,
other than investment income and raising capital in the public markets, is the principal source of our holding company
cash inflow, is restricted by insurance regulation. MGIC is the principal source of dividend-paying capacity and Office of
the  Commissioner  of  Insurance  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin  (the  ‘‘OCI’’)  authorization  is  required  for  MGIC  to  pay
dividends. Although MGIC has not paid any dividends to our holding company since 2008, we are discussing with the
OCI the resumption of ongoing extraordinary dividends in 2016. During 2015, dividends of $38.5 million were paid to the
holding  company  from  other  subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $402 million in cash and investments at our holding company.
As  of  December  31,  2015,  our  holding  company’s  debt  obligations  were  $1,223  million  in  par  value  consisting  of:

Description

Convertible  Senior  Notes
Convertible  Senior  Notes
Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures

Outstanding
Par
(In  millions)
$333.5
$500.0
$389.5

Interest  per
annum

5%
2%
9%

Annual
interest
cost
(In  millions)
$17
$10
$35

Maturity

May  2017
April  2020
April  2063

38

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Subject to certain limitations and restrictions, holders of each of the convertible debt issues may convert their
notes into shares of our common stock at their option prior to certain dates prescribed under the terms of their issuance,
in  which  case  our  corresponding  obligation  will  be  eliminated.

During the first quarter of 2016 through February 26, 2016, we purchased $127.7 million in par value of our 5%
Convertible Senior Notes (the ‘‘5% Notes’’) due in 2017 at a purchase price of $132.4 million using funds held at our
holding  company.  The  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  par  value  will  be  reflected  as  a  loss  in  our  statement  of
operations in the first quarter of 2016. While this repurchase will reduce our annual cash interest paid, it will improve our
liquidity  (which  for  this  purpose  is  our  expected  cash  balance  immediately  after  the  maturity  of  the  5%  Notes)  only
modestly taking into account the above-par purchase price and the lost investment income on the funds used for the
repurchase. The purchase of the 5% Notes reduced our potentially dilutive shares by approximately 9.5 million shares.

In  February  2016,  MGIC  purchased  $132.7  million  of  par  value  of  our  9%  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures (the ‘‘9% Debentures’’) due in 2063 at a purchase price of $150.7 million. The difference between the fair
value of the debt component of the purchased 9% Debentures and our current carrying value (which is par value) will be
reflected  as  a  gain  or  loss  in  our  statement  of  operations  in  the  first  quarter  of  2016.  The  difference  between  the
purchase price and the fair value of the debt component will be attributable to the equity component of the purchased
9%  Debentures  and  will  be  a  reduction  in  our  shareholders’  equity.

The 9% Debentures are not extinguished; MGIC will hold them as an asset, will receive interest on them at the
same time as interest is paid to other holders of the 9% Debentures and will be entitled to convert them into common
stock of the holding company on the same terms as other holders. However, for GAAP accounting purposes, the 9%
Debentures owned by MGIC will be considered retired and will be eliminated in our consolidated financial statements
and  the  underlying  common  stock  equivalents,  approximately  9.8  million,  will  not  be  included  in  the  computation  of
diluted  shares.

In  February  2016,  MGIC  borrowed  $155.0  million  in  the  form  of  a  fixed  rate  advance  from  the  FHLBC  (the
‘‘Advance’’) to provide funds used to purchase the 9% Debentures. Interest on the Advance is payable monthly at an
annual rate, fixed for the term of the Advance, of 1.91%. The principal of the Advance matures on February 10, 2023.
MGIC may prepay the Advance at any time. Such prepayment would be below par if interest rates have risen after the
Advance  was  originated,  or  above  par  if  interest  rates  have  declined.  The  Advance  is  secured  by  eligible  collateral
whose  market  value  must  be  maintained  at  102%  of  the  principal  balance  of  the  Advance.  MGIC  provided  eligible
collateral  from  its  investment  portfolio.

During  2015  we  repurchased  $11.5  million  of  par  value  of  the  5%  Notes  and  paid  total  cash  consideration  of
$12 million. We funded the purchases with cash at the holding company. The purchases of the 5% Notes were at a cost
slightly  above  par,  for  which  we  recognized  a  loss  of  $0.5  million.

During 2014 we repurchased $20.9 million in par value of the 5.375% Senior Notes and on November 2, 2015 we
repaid  the  remaining  $61.9  million  of  outstanding  par  value  of  those  notes  with  cash  at  the  holding  company.  The
repurchases  in  2014  were  at  a  cost  slightly  above  par,  for  which  we  recognized  a  loss  of  $0.8  million.

We  may  from  time  to  time  continue  to  seek  to  acquire  our  debt  obligations  through  cash  purchases  and/or
exchanges for other securities. We may do this in open market purchases, privately negotiated acquisitions or other
transactions.  The  amounts  involved  may  be  material.

See Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ to our consolidated financial statements for additional information about this indebtedness,
including our option to defer interest on our 9% Debentures. Any deferred interest compounds at the stated rate of 9%.
The description in Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ to our consolidated financial statements is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the

39

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

notes and debentures. The terms of our 5% Convertible Senior Notes are contained in a Supplemental Indenture, dated
as of April 26, 2010, between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, which is included as an exhibit to our
8-K filed with the SEC on April 30, 2010, and in the 2000 Indenture. The terms of our 2% Convertible Senior Notes are
contained  in  a  Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  March  12,  2013,  between  us  and  U.S.  Bank  National
Association, as trustee, and the Indenture dated as of October 15, 2000, between us and the trustee. The terms of our
Convertible Junior Debentures are contained in the Indenture dated as of March 28, 2008, between us and U.S. Bank
National  Association  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  our  Form  10-Q  filed  with  the  SEC  on  May  12,  2008.

We  may  also  contribute  funds  to  our  insurance  operations  to  comply  with  the  PMIERs  or  the  State  Capital
Requirements.  See  ‘‘Overview  –  Capital’’  above  for  a  discussion  of  these  requirements.  See  the  discussion  of  our
non-insurance contract underwriting services in Note 20 – ‘‘Litigation and Contingencies’’ to our consolidated financial
statements  for  other  possible  uses  of  holding  company  resources.

PMIERs

Based on our interpretation of the PMIERs, as of December 31, 2015, MGIC’s Available Assets are $5.0 billion
and its Minimum Required Assets are $4.5 billion; and MGIC is in compliance with the financial requirements of the
PMIERs  and  eligible  to  insure  loans  purchased  by  the  GSEs.  Our  Available  Assets  do  not  include  approximately
$100 million of statutory capital in excess of MIC’s minimum policyholder position that remained after MIC repatriated
$387 million to MGIC in the fourth quarter of 2015. Additional repatriation of funds from MIC to MGIC would be subject
to  regulatory  approval.

As discussed above, MGIC entered into an Advance with the FHLBC secured by eligible collateral whose market
value must be maintained at 102% of the principal balance of the Advance. The collateral used to secure the Advance
was  included  in  our  ‘‘Available  Assets’’  for  PMIERs  as  of  December  31,  2015.  It  is  unclear  if  the  collateral  will  be
considered ‘‘Available Assets’’ for the purposes of the PMIERs in future periods. MGIC used the Advance to purchase
the 9% Debentures, which will be assets of MGIC, but we will not consider them ‘‘Available Assets’’ for purposes of the
PMIERs.

Although we were in compliance with PMIERs as of December 31, 2015, our capital requirements under PMIERs
may increase in the future because the GSEs have indicated that the tables of factors used to determine the Minimum
Required  Assets  will  be  updated  every  two  years  and  may  be  updated  more  frequently  to  reflect  changes  in
macroeconomic conditions or loan performance. The GSEs will provide notice 180 days prior to the effective date of
table updates. In addition, the GSEs may amend the PMIERs at any time. We plan to continuously comply with the
existing  PMIERs  through  our  operational  activities  or  through  the  contribution  of  funds  from  our  holding  company,
subject  to  demands  on  the  holding  company’s  resources,  as  outlined  above.

Risk-to-Capital

We compute our risk-to-capital ratio on a separate company statutory basis, as well as on a combined insurance
operations basis. The risk-to-capital ratio is our net risk in force divided by our policyholders’ position. Our net risk in
force includes both primary and pool risk in force, and excludes risk on policies that are currently in default and for which
loss reserves have been established. The risk amount includes pools of loans with contractual aggregate loss limits and
in some cases without these limits. Policyholders’ position consists primarily of statutory policyholders’ surplus (which
increases as a result of statutory net income and decreases as a result of statutory net loss and dividends paid), plus
the  statutory  contingency  reserve  and  a  portion  of  the  reserves  for  unearned  premiums.  The  statutory  contingency
reserve is reported as a liability on the statutory balance sheet. A mortgage insurance company is required to make
annual contributions to the contingency reserve of approximately 50% of net earned premiums. These contributions
must  generally  be  maintained  for  a  period  of  ten  years.  However,  with  regulatory  approval  a  mortgage  insurance

40

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 35% of net earned
premiums  in  a  calendar  year.

The  premium  deficiency  reserve  discussed  in  Note  10  –  ‘‘Premium  Deficiency  Reserve’’  to  our  consolidated
financial statements is not recorded as a liability on the statutory balance sheet and is not a component of statutory net
income.  The  present  value  of  expected  future  premiums  and  already  established  loss  reserves  and  statutory
contingency reserves, exceeds the present value of expected future losses and expenses on our total in force book, so
no deficiency is recorded on a statutory or GAAP basis as December 31, 2015. On a GAAP basis, contingency loss
reserves are not established and thus not considered when calculating premium deficiency reserve. When calculating a
premium deficiency reserve on a GAAP basis, policies are grouped based on how they are acquired, serviced and
measured.

MGIC’s  separate  company  risk-to-capital  calculation  appears  in  the  table  below.

Risk  in  force  –  net(1)

Statutory  policyholders’  surplus
Statutory  contingency  reserve

Statutory  policyholders’  position

Risk-to-capital

December  31,

2015
2014
(In  millions,  except  ratio)

$27,301

$ 1,574
691

$ 2,265

12.1:1

$25,735

$ 1,518
247

$ 1,765

14.6:1

(1) Risk  in  force  –  net,  as  shown  in  the  table  above,  is  net  of  reinsurance  and  exposure  on  policies

currently  in  default  and  for  which  loss  reserves  have  been  established.

Our  combined  insurance  companies’  risk-to-capital  calculation  appears  in  the  table  below.

Risk  in  force  –  net(1)

Statutory  policyholders’  surplus
Statutory  contingency  reserve

Statutory  policyholders’  position

Risk-to-capital

December  31,

2014
2015
(In  millions,  except  ratio)

$33,072

$ 1,608
827

$ 2,435

13.6:1

$31,272

$ 1,585
318

$ 1,903

16.4:1

(1) Risk  in  force  –  net,  as  shown  in  the  table  above,  is  net  of  reinsurance  and  exposure  on  policies
currently in default ($3.2 billion at December 31, 2015 and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2014) and for
which  loss  reserves  have  been  established.

The reduction in MGIC’s and our combined insurance companies risk-to-capital in 2015 was primarily due to an
increase in statutory policyholders’ position due to a lower level of incurred losses, partially offset by an increase in net
risk in force in both calculations. Our risk in force, net of reinsurance, increased in 2015, due to an increase in our
insurance in force. Our risk-to-capital ratio will decrease if the percentage increase in capital exceeds the percentage
increase  in  insured  risk.

41

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

For  additional  information  regarding  regulatory  capital  see  Note  1  –  ‘‘Nature  of  Business  –  Capital’’  to  our
consolidated  financial  statements  as  well  as  our  risk  factor  titled  ‘‘State  capital  requirements  may  prevent  us  from
continuing  to  write  new  insurance  on  an  uninterrupted  basis’’  below.

Financial  Strength  Ratings

The financial strength of MGIC is rated Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service with a stable outlook. Standard &
Poor’s Rating Services’ insurer financial strength rating of MGIC is BB+ with a positive outlook. For further information
about the importance of MGIC’s ratings, see our risks factor titled ‘‘We may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage
insurer eligibility requirements and our returns may decrease as we are required to maintain significantly more capital in
order to maintain our eligibility’’ and ‘‘Competition or changes in our relationships with our customers could reduce our
revenues,  reduce  our  premium  yields  and/or  increase  our  losses’’  below.

Contractual  Obligations

As  of  December  31,  2015,  the  approximate  future  payments  under  our  contractual  obligations  of  the  type

described  in  the  table  below  are  as  follows:

Payments  due  by  period

Contractual  Obligations:

Total

Less  than
1  year

Long-term  debt  obligations
Operating  lease  obligations
Tax  obligations
Purchase  obligations
Pension,  SERP  and  other  post-retirement  benefit  plans
Other  long-term  liabilities

Total

$2,958.2
2.9
19.0
2.7
274.9
1,893.3

$5,151.0

$ 61.7
0.7
–
2.0
23.8
852.0

1-3  years
(In  millions)
$ 432.0
1.1
19.0
0.7
46.9
795.2

3-5  years

More  than
5  years

$585.1
1.0
–
–
55.2
246.1

$1,879.4
0.1
–
–
149.0
–

940.2

$1,294.9

$887.4

$2,028.5

Our long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2015 include $333.5 million of 5% Convertible Senior Notes
due in 2017, $500.0 million 2% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2020 and $389.5 million in convertible debentures due
in 2063, including related interest, as discussed in Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ to our consolidated financial statements and under
‘‘Liquidity and Capital Resources’’ above. For information about the first quarter 2016 purchase by our holding company
of a portion of our 5% Convertible Senior Notes and purchase by MGIC of a portion of our outstanding 9% Convertible
Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  see  ‘‘Debt  at  Our  Holding  Company  and  Holding  Company  Capital  Resources’’
above. Our operating lease obligations include operating leases on certain office space, data processing equipment and
autos, as discussed in Note 19 – ‘‘Leases’’ to our consolidated financial statements. Tax obligations consist primarily of
amounts related to our current dispute with the IRS, as discussed in Note 14 – ‘‘Income Taxes’’ to our consolidated
financial statements. Purchase obligations consist primarily of agreements to purchase data processing hardware or
services made in the normal course of business. See Note 13 – ‘‘Benefit Plans’’ to our consolidated financial statements
for  discussion  of  expected  benefit  payments  under  our  benefit  plans.

Our other long-term liabilities represent the loss reserves established to recognize the liability for losses and loss
adjustment expenses related to defaults on insured mortgage loans. The timing of the future claim payments associated
with the established loss reserves was determined primarily based on two key assumptions: the length of time it takes
for a notice of default to develop into a received claim and the length of time it takes for a received claim to be ultimately
paid. The future claim payment periods are estimated based on historical experience, and could emerge significantly
different  than  this  estimate.  Due  to  the  uncertainty  regarding  how  certain  factors,  such  as  loss  mitigation  protocols

42

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

established by servicers and changes in some state foreclosure laws that may include, for example, a requirement for
additional review and/or mediation process, will affect our future paid claims it is difficult to estimate the amount and
timing of future claim payments. See Note 9 – ‘‘Loss Reserves’’ to our consolidated financial statements and ‘‘Critical
Accounting Policies’’ below. In accordance with GAAP for the mortgage insurance industry, we establish loss reserves
only for loans in default. Because our reserving method does not take account of the impact of future losses that could
occur from loans that are not delinquent, our obligation for ultimate losses that we expect to occur under our policies in
force  at  any  period  end  is  not  reflected  in  our  financial  statements  or  in  the  table  above.

Critical  Accounting  Policies

The accounting policies described below require significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our

consolidated  financial  statements.

Loss  reserves  and  premium  deficiency  reserves

Loss  reserves

Reserves are established for reported insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses based on when notices of
default on insured mortgage loans are received. For reporting purposes, we consider a loan in default when it is two or
more payments past due. Reserves are also established for estimated losses incurred on notices of default not yet
reported. Even though the accounting standard, Accounting Standards Codification (‘‘ASC’’) 944, regarding accounting
and reporting by insurance entities specifically excluded mortgage insurance from its guidance relating to loss reserves,
we establish loss reserves using the general principles contained in the insurance standard. However, consistent with
industry standards for mortgage insurers, we do not establish loss reserves for future claims on insured loans which are
not  currently  in  default.

We establish reserves using estimated claim rates and claim amounts in estimating the ultimate loss. The liability

for  reinsurance  assumed  is  based  on  information  provided  by  the  ceding  companies.

The incurred but not reported, or IBNR, reserves referred to above result from defaults occurring prior to the close
of an accounting period, but which have not been reported to us. Consistent with reserves for reported defaults, IBNR
reserves  are  established  using  estimated  claim  rates  and  claim  severities  for  the  estimated  number  of  defaults  not
reported. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had IBNR reserves of approximately $98 million and $99 million,
respectively.

Reserves also provide for the estimated costs of settling claims, including legal and other expenses and general

expenses  of  administering  the  claims  settlement  process.

The estimated claim rates and claim severities represent what we estimate will actually be paid on the loans in
default as of the reserve date. If a policy is rescinded we do not expect that it will result in a claim payment and thus the
rescission  generally  reduces  the  historical  claim  rate  used  in  establishing  reserves.  In  addition,  if  a  loan  cures  its
delinquency, including successful loan modifications that result in a cure being reported to us, the cure reduces the
historical claim rate used in establishing reserves. Our methodology to estimate claim rates and claim amounts is based
on  our  review  of  recent  trends  in  the  default  inventory.  To  establish  reserves  we  utilize  a  reserving  model  that
continually incorporates historical data into the estimated claim rate. The model also incorporates an estimate for the
amount of the claim we will pay, or severity. The severity is estimated using the historical percentage of our claim paid
compared to our loan exposure, as well as the risk in force of the loans currently in default. We do not utilize an explicit
rescission rate in our reserving methodology, but rather our reserving methodology incorporates the effects rescission
activity has had on our historical claim rate and claim severities. We review recent trends in the claim rate, severity, the

43

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

change in the level of defaults by geography and the change in average loan exposure. As a result, the process to
determine  reserves  does  not  include  quantitative  ranges  of  outcomes  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  occur.

The  claim  rates  and  claim  severities  are  likely  to  be  affected  by  external  events,  including  actual  economic
conditions such as changes in unemployment rate, interest rate or housing value. Our estimation process does not
include  a  correlation  between  claim  rates  and  claim  amounts  to  projected  economic  conditions  such  as  changes  in
unemployment rate, interest rate or housing value. Our experience is that analysis of that nature would not produce
reliable  results.  The  results  would  not  be  reliable  as  the  change  in  one  economic  condition  cannot  be  isolated  to
determine its sole effect on our ultimate paid losses as our ultimate paid losses are also influenced at the same time by
other  economic  conditions.  Additionally,  the  changes  and  interaction  of  these  economic  conditions  are  not  likely
homogeneous  throughout  the  regions  in  which  we  conduct  business.  Each  economic  environment  influences  our
ultimate paid losses differently, even if apparently similar in nature. Furthermore, changes in economic conditions may
not necessarily be reflected in our loss development in the quarter or year in which the changes occur. Actual claim
results  often  lag  changes  in  economic  conditions  by  at  least  nine  to  twelve  months.

In considering the potential sensitivity of the factors underlying our best estimate of loss reserves, it is possible
that even a relatively small change in estimated claim rate or a relatively small change in estimated claim amount could
have a significant impact on reserves and, correspondingly, on results of operations. For example, a $1,000 increase in
the  average  severity  reserve  factor  combined  with  a  1  percentage  point  increase  in  the  average  claim  rate  reserve
factor would change the reserve amount by approximately $68 million as of December 31, 2015. Historically, it has not
been uncommon for us to experience variability in the development of the loss reserves through the end of the following
year  at  this  level  or  higher,  as  shown  by  the  historical  development  of  our  loss  reserves  in  the  table  below:

2015
2014
2013
2012
2011

Losses  incurred
related  to
prior  years(1)

Reserve  at
end  of
prior  year

(In  thousands)

$(110,302)
(100,359)
(59,687)
573,120
(99,328)

$2,396,807
3,061,401
4,056,843
4,557,512
5,884,171

(1) A positive number for a prior year indicates a deficiency of loss reserves, and a negative number for a

prior  year  indicates  a  redundancy  of  loss  reserves.

See  Note  9  –  ‘‘Loss  Reserves’’  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of  recent  loss

development.

Estimation  of  losses  is  inherently  judgmental.  The  actual  amount  of  the  claim  payments  may  be  substantially
different  than  our  loss reserve estimates. Our estimates could  be  adversely affected by several factors, including a
deterioration of regional or national economic conditions, including unemployment, leading to a reduction in borrower
income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a drop in housing values, that could result in, among
other things, greater losses on loans, and may affect borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments
when the value of the home is below the mortgage balance. Our estimates are also affected by any agreements we
enter into regarding our claims paying practices, such as the settlement agreements discussed in Note 20 – ‘‘Litigation
and Contingencies’’ to our consolidated financial statements. Changes to our estimates could result in a material impact
to  our  results  of  operations  and  capital  position,  even  in  a  stable  economic  environment.

44

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

For more information regarding our claims paying practices and related legal proceedings, see Note 9 – ‘‘Loss

Reserves’’  and  Note  20  –  ‘‘Litigation  and  Contingencies’’  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.

Premium  deficiency  reserves

After our reserves are established, we perform premium deficiency calculations using best estimate assumptions
as of the testing date. The calculation of premium deficiency reserves requires the use of significant judgments and
estimates to determine the present value of future premium and present value of expected losses and expenses on our
business.  The  present  value  of  future  premium  relies  on,  among  other  things,  assumptions  about  persistency  and
repayment patterns on underlying loans. The present value of expected losses and expenses depends on assumptions
relating  to  severity  of  claims  and  claim  rates  on  current  defaults,  and  expected  defaults  in  future  periods.  These
assumptions also include an estimate of expected rescission activity. Assumptions used in calculating the deficiency
reserves can be affected by volatility in the current housing and mortgage lending industries. To the extent premium
patterns and actual loss experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating the premium deficiency reserves,
the  differences  between  the  actual  results  and  our  estimate  will  affect  future  period  earnings.

The establishment of premium deficiency reserves is subject to inherent uncertainty and requires judgment by
management. The actual amount of claim payments and premium collections may vary significantly from the premium
deficiency  reserve  estimates.  Similar  to  our  loss  reserve  estimates,  our  estimates  for  premium  deficiency  reserves
could be adversely affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or economic conditions leading to a
reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a drop in housing values that
could expose us to greater losses. Changes to our estimates could result in material changes in our operations, even in
a stable economic environment. Adjustments to premium deficiency reserves estimates are reflected in the financial
statements  in  the  years  in  which  the  adjustments  are  made.

Revenue  recognition

When  a  policy  term  ends,  the  primary  mortgage  insurance  written  by  us  is  renewable  at  the  insured’s  option
through continued payment of the premium in accordance with the schedule established at the inception of the policy
life. We have no ability to reunderwrite or reprice these policies after issuance. Premiums written under policies having
single and annual premium payments are initially deferred as unearned premium reserve and earned over the policy
life. Premiums written on policies covering more than one year are amortized over the policy life in relationship to the
anticipated incurred loss pattern based on historical experience. Premiums written on annual policies are earned on a
monthly pro rata basis. Premiums written on monthly policies are earned as the monthly coverage is provided. When a
policy is cancelled, all premium that is non-refundable is immediately earned. Any refundable premium is returned to the
servicer or borrower. Cancellations also include rescissions and policies cancelled due to claim payment. When a policy
is  rescinded,  all  previously  collected  premium  is  returned  to  the  servicer  and  when  a  claim  is  paid  we  return  any
premium  received  since  the  date  of  default.  The  liability  associated  with  our  estimate  of  premium  to  be  returned  is
accrued  for  separately  and  separate  components  of  this  liability  are  included  in  ‘‘Other  liabilities’’  and  ‘‘Premium
deficiency reserves’’ on our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in these liabilities affect premiums written and earned
and  change  in  premium  deficiency  reserve,  respectively.  The  actual  return  of  premium  affects  premium  written  and
earned.  Policy  cancellations  also  lower  the  persistency  rate  which  is  a  variable  used  in  calculating  the  rate  of
amortization  of  deferred  policy  acquisition  costs  discussed  below.

Fee income of our non-insurance subsidiaries is earned and recognized as the services are provided and the

customer  is  obligated  to  pay.

45

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

Deferred  insurance  policy  acquisition  costs

Costs directly associated with the successful acquisition of mortgage insurance business, consisting of employee
compensation  and  other  policy  issuance  and  underwriting  expenses,  are  initially  deferred  and  reported  as  deferred
insurance policy acquisition costs (‘‘DAC’’). The deferred costs are net of any ceding commissions received associated
with  our  reinsurance  agreements.  For  each  underwriting  year  of  business,  these  costs  are  amortized  to  income  in
proportion to estimated gross profits over the estimated life of the policies. We utilize anticipated investment income in
our  calculation.  This  includes  accruing  interest  on  the  unamortized  balance  of  DAC.  The  estimates  for  each
underwriting year are reviewed quarterly and updated when necessary to reflect actual experience and any changes to
key  variables  such  as  persistency  or  loss  development.

Because our insurance premiums are earned over time, changes in persistency result in deferred insurance policy
acquisition  costs  being  amortized  against  revenue  over  a  comparable  period  of  time.  At  December  31,  2015,  the
persistency  rate  of  our  primary  mortgage  insurance  was  79.7%,  compared  to  82.8%  at  December  31,  2014.  This
change did not significantly affect the amortization of deferred insurance policy acquisition costs for the period ended
December 31, 2015. A 10% change in persistency would not have a material effect on the amortization of deferred
insurance  policy  acquisition  costs  in  the  subsequent  year.

When  a  premium  deficiency  exists,  we  reduce  the  related  deferred  insurance  policy  acquisition  costs  by  the
amount  of  the  deficiency  or  to  zero  through  a  charge  to  current  period  earnings.  If  the  deficiency  is  more  than  the
deferred  insurance  policy  acquisition  costs  balance,  we  then  establish  a  premium  deficiency  reserve  equal  to  the
excess,  by  means  of  a  charge  to  current  period  earnings.

Fair  Value  Measurements

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we did not elect the fair value option for any financial

instruments  acquired  for  which  the  primary  basis  of  accounting  is  not  fair  value.

To  determine  the  fair  value  of  securities  available-for-sale  in  Level  1  and  Level  2  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,
independent pricing sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data.
To  ensure  securities  are  appropriately  classified  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  we  review  the  pricing  techniques  and
methodologies of the independent pricing sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity,
either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality,
duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. A variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources
including  benchmark  yields,  reported  trades,  non-binding  broker/dealer  quotes,  issuer  spreads,  two  sided  markets,
benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including data published in market research publications. Inputs
may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation. Market indicators,
industry  and  economic  events  are  also  considered.  This  information  is  evaluated  using  a  multidimensional  pricing
model. This model combines all inputs to arrive at a value assigned to each security. Quality controls are performed by
the independent pricing sources throughout this process, which include reviewing tolerance reports, trading information,
data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. In addition, on a quarterly basis, we perform quality
controls  over  values  received  from  the  pricing  sources  which  also  include  reviewing  tolerance  reports,  trading
information, data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. We have not made any adjustments to
the  prices  obtained  from  the  independent  pricing  sources.

46

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

In accordance with fair value guidance, we applied the following fair value hierarchy in order to measure fair value

for  assets  and  liabilities:

Level 1 – Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that we can access. Financial assets utilizing
Level 1 inputs primarily include U.S. Treasury securities, equity securities, and Australian government and semi
government  securities.

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments
in markets that are not active; and inputs, other than quoted prices, that are observable in the marketplace for the
financial instrument. The observable inputs are used in valuation models to calculate the fair value of the financial
instruments. Financial assets utilizing Level 2 inputs primarily include obligations of U.S. government corporations
and  agencies,  corporate  bonds,  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  certain  municipal  bonds.

The  independent  pricing  sources  utilize  these  approaches  based  on  type  of  investment:

Corporate Debt & U.S. Government and Agency Bonds are evaluated by surveying the dealer community,
obtaining  relevant  trade  data,  benchmark  quotes  and  spreads  and  incorporating  this  information  into  the
evaluation  process.

Obligations  of  U.S.  States  &  Political  Subdivisions  are  evaluated  by  tracking,  capturing,  and  analyzing
quotes for active issues and trades reported via the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board records. Daily
briefings and reviews of current economic conditions, trading levels, spread relationships, and the slope of
the  yield  curve  provide  further  data  for  evaluation.

Residential  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  are  evaluated  by  monitoring  interest  rate  movements,  and  other
pertinent  data  daily.  Incoming  market  data  is  enriched  to  derive  spread,  yield  and/or  price  data  as
appropriate,  enabling  known  data  points  to  be  extrapolated  for  valuation  application  across  a  range  of
related  securities.

Commercial  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  are  evaluated  using  valuation  techniques  that  reflect  market
participants’ assumptions and maximize the use of relevant observable inputs including quoted prices for
similar assets, benchmark yield curves and market corroborated inputs. Evaluation utilizes regular reviews
of the inputs for securities covered, including executed trades, broker quotes, credit information, collateral
attributes  and/or  cash  flow  waterfall  as  applicable.

Asset-Backed Securities are evaluated using spreads and other information solicited from market buy- and
sell-side  sources,  including  primary  and  secondary  dealers,  portfolio  managers,  and  research  analysts.
Cash  flows  are  generated  for  each  tranche,  benchmark  yields  are  determined,  and  deal  collateral
performance and tranche level attributes including market color as available are used, resulting in tranche-
specific  spreads.

Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are
unobservable or from par values for equity securities restricted in their ability to be redeemed or sold. Level 3
inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing an asset or
liability. Financial assets utilizing Level 3 inputs primarily include equity securities that can only be redeemed or
sold  at  their  par  value  and  only  to  the  security  issuer  and  certain  state  premium  tax  credit  investments.  Our
non-financial  assets  that  are  classified  as  Level  3  securities  consist  of  real  estate  acquired  through  claim
settlement.  The  fair  value  of  real  estate  acquired  is  the  lower  of  our  acquisition  cost  or  a  percentage  of  the

47

Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  (continued)

appraised value. The percentage applied to the appraised value is based upon our historical sales experience
adjusted  for  current  trends.

Investment  Portfolio

Our entire investment portfolio is classified as available-for-sale and is reported at fair value or, for certain equity
securities carried at cost, amounts that approximate fair value. The related unrealized investment gains or losses are,
after considering the related tax expense or benefit, recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive
income in shareholders’ equity. Realized investment gains and losses on investments are recognized in income based
upon  specific  identification  of  securities  sold.

Each quarter we perform reviews of our investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below
is

In  evaluating  whether  a  decline 

amortized  cost  were  considered  other-than-temporary. 
other-than-temporary,  we  consider  several  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to:

fair  value 

in 

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

our intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security
before  recovery  of  its  amortized  cost  basis;

the present value of the discounted cash flows we expect to collect compared to the amortized cost basis of
the  security;

extent  and  duration  of  the  decline;

failure  of  the  issuer  to  make  scheduled  interest  or  principal  payments;

change  in  rating  below  investment  grade;  and

adverse  conditions  specifically  related  to  the  security,  an  industry,  or  a  geographic  area.

Based on our evaluation, we will record an other-than-temporary impairment adjustment on a security if we intend
to sell the impaired security, if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the impaired security prior to
recovery of its amortized cost basis, or if the present value of the discounted cash flows we expect to collect is less than
the amortized costs basis of the security. If the fair value of a security is below its amortized cost at the time of our intent
to sell, the security is classified as other-than-temporarily impaired and the full amount of the impairment is recognized
as  a  loss  in  the  statement  of  operations.  Otherwise,  when  a  security  is  considered  to  be  other-than-temporarily
impaired, the losses are separated into the portion of the loss that represents the credit loss; and the portion that is due
to other factors. The credit loss portion is recognized as a loss in the statement of operations, while the loss due to other
factors is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes. A credit loss is determined to
exist if the present value of the discounted cash flows, using the security’s original yield, expected to be collected from
the  security  is  less  than  the  cost  basis  of  the  security.

There were no OTTI losses recognized in earnings for 2015. During 2014 and 2013 we recognized OTTI losses in
earnings of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. There were no OTTI losses recognized in shareholders’ equity for
the  years  ending  December  31,  2015,  2014,  and  2013.

48

Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures
About  Market  Risk

Our investment portfolio is essentially a fixed maturity portfolio and is exposed to market risk. Important drivers of

the  market  risk  are  credit  spread  risk  and  interest  rate  risk.

Credit spread risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to adverse changes in credit spreads. Credit spread is
the  additional  yield  on  fixed  maturity  securities  above  the  risk-free  rate  (typically  referenced  as  the  yield  on  U.S.
Treasury  securities)  that  market  participants  require  to  compensate  them  for  assuming  credit,  liquidity  and/or
prepayment  risks.

We manage credit risk via our investment policy guidelines which primarily place our investments in investment

grade  securities  and  limit  the  amount  of  our  credit  exposure  to  any  one  issue,  issuer  and  type  of  instrument.

Interest  rate  risk  is  the  risk  that  we  will  incur  a  loss  due  to  adverse  changes  in  interest  rates  relative  to  the

characteristics  of  our  interest  bearing  assets.

One of the measures used to quantify interest rate this exposure is modified duration. Modified duration measures
the price sensitivity of the assets to the changes in spreads. At December 31, 2015, the modified duration of our fixed
income investment portfolio was 4.7 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift in the yield curve of 100
basis points would result in a change of 4.7% in the fair value of our fixed income portfolio. For an upward shift in the
yield curve, the fair value of our portfolio would decrease and for a downward shift in the yield curve, the fair value would
increase. A discussion of portfolio strategy appears in ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Financial Condition –
Investments’’  above.

49

Risk  Factors

Forward  Looking  Statements  and  Risk  Factors

As used below, ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘our’’ and ‘‘us’’ refer to MGIC Investment Corporation’s consolidated operations or to MGIC
Investment  Corporation,  as  the  context  requires;  ‘‘MGIC’’  refers  to  Mortgage  Guaranty  Insurance  Corporation;  and
‘‘MIC’’  refers  to  MGIC  Indemnity  Corporation.

Our actual results could be affected by the risk factors below. These risk factors are an integral part of this annual
report. These risk factors may also cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by forward
looking statements that we may make. Forward looking statements consist of statements which relate to matters other
than historical fact, including matters that inherently refer to future events. Among others, statements that include words
such as ‘‘believe,’’ ‘‘anticipate,’’ ‘‘will’’ or ‘‘expect,’’ or words of similar import, are forward looking statements. We are not
undertaking any obligation to update any forward looking statements or other statements we may make even though
these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward looking statements or other
statements were made. No reader of this annual report should rely on these statements being current at any time other
than the time at which our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 was filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

Competition  or  changes  in  our  relationships  with  our  customers  could  reduce  our  revenues,  reduce  our
premium  yields  and  /  or  increase  our  losses.

Our  private  mortgage  insurance  competitors  include:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Arch  Mortgage  Insurance  Company,

Essent  Guaranty,  Inc.,

Genworth  Mortgage  Insurance  Corporation,

National  Mortgage  Insurance  Corporation,

Radian  Guaranty  Inc.,  and

United  Guaranty  Residential  Insurance  Company.

The  level  of  competition,  including  price  competition,  within  the  private  mortgage  insurance  industry  has
intensified over the past several years and is not expected to diminish. Lender demand and the discounted pricing for
lender-paid  single  premium  policies,  have  generally  increased  the  percentage  of  the  industry’s  and  MGIC’s  new
insurance  written  under  those  policies  over  the  past  several  years.  During  most  of  2013,  when  almost  all  of  our
lender-paid  single  premium  policy  rates  were  above  those  most  commonly  used  in  the  market,  lender-paid  single
premium policies were approximately 4% of our total new insurance written; they were approximately 11% in 2014; and
17% in 2015. The increases compared to 2014 were primarily a result of our selectively matching reduced rates. Prior to
the fourth quarter of 2014, we did not use our rate card’s authority to adjust premiums to offer significant discounts from
our standard lender-paid single premium policy rate card. The average discount from our rate card on lender-paid single
premium  policies  was  4%  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  and  13%  in  2015.  Given  the  2015  pricing  environment,  an
increase in the percentage of business written as lender-paid single premium policies, all other things equal, decreased
our  weighted  average  premium  rates  on  new  insurance  written.

The  private  mortgage  insurer  eligibility  requirements  (the  ‘‘PMIERs’’)  of  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac  (the
‘‘GSEs’’) require more Minimum Required Assets be maintained by a private mortgage insurer for loans dated on or

50

Risk  Factors  (continued)

after January 1, 2016, that are insured under lender-paid mortgage insurance policies or other policies that are not
subject to automatic termination under the Homeowners Protection Act (‘‘HPA’’) or an automatic termination consistent
with the HPA termination requirements for borrower-paid mortgage insurance. This requirement may reduce our future
returns because we will be required to maintain more Available Assets in connection with a portion of our business.

In January 2016, we announced our intention to revise our premium rate cards in the near future. We expect that
this will result in a decrease in premium rates on some higher-FICO score loans and an increase in premium rates on
some lower-FICO score loans. If we do not revise our premium rates in this manner, we believe lenders may select our
competitors to insure higher-FICO score loans because, in many cases, they currently offer lower premiums rates for
those loans and lenders may select MGIC to insure lower-FICO score loans because, in many cases, we currently offer
lower  rates  for  those  loans.  We  expect  that  our  premium  rate  changes  will  modestly  decrease  our  new  insurance
written; however, we expect the premium yield on new insurance written to remain approximately the same as on 2015
new insurance written, and our returns on a portfolio basis to be comparable to those we expect to earn on the business
we  wrote  in  2015.

During 2014 and 2015, approximately 4% and 5%, respectively, of our new insurance written was for loans for
which one lender was the original insured. Our relationships with our customers could be adversely affected by a variety
of factors, including premium rates higher than can be obtained from competitors, tightening of and adherence to our
underwriting requirements, which may result in our declining to insure some of the loans originated by our customers,
and insurance rescissions and curtailments that affect the customer. We have ongoing discussions with lenders who
are  significant  customers  regarding  their  objections  to  our  claims  paying  practices.

In the past several years, we believe many lenders considered financial strength and compliance with the State
Capital Requirements (discussed below) as important factors when selecting a mortgage insurer. Lenders may consider
expected  future  compliance  with  the  PMIERs  important  when  selecting  a  mortgage  insurer  in  the  future.  As  noted
below, MGIC is in compliance with the financial requirements of the PMIERs and we expect MGIC’s Available Assets to
continue to exceed its Minimum Required Assets under the PMIERs and its risk-to-capital ratio to continue to comply
with the current State Capital Requirements. However, we cannot assure you that we will continue to comply with such
requirements or that we will comply with any revised State Capital Requirements proposed by the National Association
of Insurance Commissioners (‘‘NAIC’’). For more information, see our risk factors titled ‘‘We may not continue to meet
the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements and our returns may decrease as we are required to maintain more
capital in order to maintain our eligibility’’ and ‘‘State capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new
insurance  on  an  uninterrupted  basis.’’

We believe that financial strength ratings may be a significant consideration for participants seeking to secure
credit enhancement in the non-GSE mortgage market, which includes most loans that are not ‘‘Qualified Mortgages’’
(for more information about ‘‘Qualified Mortgages,’’ see our risk factor titled ‘‘Changes in the business practices of the
GSEs,  federal  legislation  that  changes  their  charters  or  a  restructuring  of  the  GSEs  could  reduce  our  revenues  or
increase  our  losses’’).  While  this  market  has  been  limited  since  the  financial  crisis,  it  may  grow  in  the  future.  The
financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries are lower than those of some competitors and below investment
grade levels; therefore, we may be competitively disadvantaged with some market participants. For each of MGIC and
MIC, the financial strength rating from Moody’s is Baa3 (with a stable outlook) and from Standard & Poor’s is BB+ (with
a positive outlook). It is possible that MGIC’s and MIC’s financial strength ratings could decline from these levels. Our
ability  to  participate  in  the  non-GSE  market  could  depend  on  our  ability  to  secure  investment  grade  ratings  for  our
mortgage  insurance  subsidiaries.

If the GSEs no longer operate in their current capacities, for example, due to legislative or regulatory action, we
may be forced to compete in a new marketplace in which financial strength ratings play a greater role. If we are unable

51

Risk  Factors  (continued)

to compete effectively in the current or any future markets as a result of the financial strength ratings assigned to our
mortgage  insurance  subsidiaries,  our  future  new  insurance  written  could  be  negatively  affected.

The amount of insurance we write could be adversely affected if lenders and investors select alternatives to
private  mortgage  insurance.

Alternatives  to  private  mortgage  insurance  include:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

lenders  using  FHA,  VA  and  other  government  mortgage  insurance  programs,

lenders  and  other  investors  holding  mortgages  in  portfolio  and  self-insuring,

investors (including the GSEs) using risk mitigation techniques other than private mortgage insurance, such
as obtaining insurance from non-mortgage insurers and engaging in credit-linked note transactions executed
in the capital markets; using other risk mitigation techniques in conjunction with reduced levels of private
mortgage  insurance  coverage;  or  accepting  credit  risk  without  credit  enhancement,  and

lenders originating mortgages using piggyback structures to avoid private mortgage insurance, such as a
first mortgage with an 80% loan-to-value ratio and a second mortgage with a 10%, 15% or 20% loan-to-value
ratio (referred to as 80-10-10, 80-15-5 or 80-20 loans, respectively) rather than a first mortgage with a 90%,
95%  or  100%  loan-to-value  ratio  that  has  private  mortgage  insurance.

The FHA increased its share of the low down payment residential mortgages that were subject to FHA, VA or
primary private mortgage insurance to an estimated 40.1% in 2015 from 33.9% in 2014. In the past ten years, the FHA’s
share has been as low as 15.5% in 2006 and as high as 70.8% in 2009. Factors that influence the FHA’s market share
include relative rates and fees, underwriting guidelines and loan limits of the FHA, VA, private mortgage insurers and
the  GSEs;  flexibility  for  the  FHA  to  establish  new  products  as  a  result  of  federal  legislation  and  programs;  returns
obtained by lenders for Ginnie Mae securitization of FHA-insured loans compared to those obtained from selling loans
to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac for securitization; and differences in policy terms, such as the ability of a borrower to
cancel insurance coverage under certain circumstances. We cannot predict how these factors or the FHA’s share of
new  insurance  written  will  change  in  the  future.

In  2015,  the  VA  accounted  for  an  estimated  24.8%  of  all  low  down  payment  residential  mortgages  that  were
subject  to  FHA,  VA  or  primary  private  mortgage  insurance,  down  from  25.4%  in  2014  (which  had  been  its  highest
annual market share in ten years). The VA’s lowest market share in the past ten years was 5.4% in 2007. We believe
that  the  VA’s  market  share  has  generally  been  increasing  because  the  VA  offers  100%  LTV  loans  and  charges  a
one-time funding fee that can be included in the loan amount but no additional monthly expense, and because of an
increase  in  the  number  of  borrowers  that  are  eligible  for  the  VA’s  program.

Changes  in  the  business  practices  of  the  GSEs,  federal  legislation  that  changes  their  charters  or  a
restructuring  of  the  GSEs  could  reduce  our  revenues  or  increase  our  losses.

The business practices of the GSEs affect the entire relationship between them, lenders and mortgage insurers

and  include:

(cid:129)

the level of private mortgage insurance coverage, subject to the limitations of the GSEs’ charters (which may
be  changed  by  federal  legislation),  when  private  mortgage  insurance  is  used  as  the  required  credit
enhancement  on  low  down  payment  mortgages,

52

Risk  Factors  (continued)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

the amount of loan level price adjustments and guaranty fees (which result in higher costs to borrowers) that
the  GSEs  assess  on  loans  that  require  mortgage  insurance,

whether  the  GSEs  influence  the  mortgage  lender’s  selection  of  the  mortgage  insurer  providing  coverage
and,  if  so,  any  transactions  that  are  related  to  that  selection,

the underwriting standards that determine what loans are eligible for purchase by the GSEs, which can affect
the  quality  of  the  risk  insured  by  the  mortgage  insurer  and  the  availability  of  mortgage  loans,

the  terms  on  which  mortgage  insurance  coverage  can  be  canceled  before  reaching  the  cancellation
thresholds  established  by  law,

the  programs  established  by  the  GSEs  intended  to  avoid  or  mitigate  loss  on  insured  mortgages  and  the
circumstances  in  which  mortgage  servicers  must  implement  such  programs,

the terms that the GSEs require to be included in mortgage insurance policies for loans that they purchase,

the extent to which the GSEs intervene in mortgage insurers’ rescission practices or rescission settlement
practices  with  lenders.  For  additional  information,  see  our  risk  factor  titled  ‘‘We  are  involved  in  legal
proceedings  and  are  subject  to  the  risk  of  additional  legal  proceedings  in  the  future,’’  and

the  maximum  loan  limits  of  the  GSEs  in  comparison  to  those  of  the  FHA  and  other  investors.

The Federal Housing Finance Agency (‘‘FHFA’’) is the conservator of the GSEs and has the authority to control
and  direct  their  operations.  The  increased  role  that  the  federal  government  has  assumed  in  the  residential  housing
finance system through the GSE conservatorship may increase the likelihood that the business practices of the GSEs
change in ways that have a material adverse effect on us and that the charters of the GSEs are changed by new federal
legislation.  The  financial  reform  legislation  that  was  passed  in  July  2010  (the  ‘‘Dodd-Frank  Act’’  or  ‘‘Dodd-Frank’’)
required  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury  to  report  its  recommendations  regarding  options  for  ending  the
conservatorship  of  the  GSEs.  This  report  did  not  provide  any  definitive  timeline  for  GSE  reform;  however,  it  did
recommend using a combination of federal housing policy changes to wind down the GSEs, shrink the government’s
footprint  in  housing  finance  (including  FHA  insurance),  and  help  bring  private  capital  back  to  the  mortgage  market.
Since then, members of Congress introduced several bills intended to change the business practices of the GSEs and
the FHA; however, no legislation has been enacted. As a result of the matters referred to above, it is uncertain what role
the GSEs, FHA and private capital, including private mortgage insurance, will play in the residential housing finance
system in the future or the impact of any such changes on our business. In addition, the timing of the impact of any
resulting  changes  on  our  business  is  uncertain.  Most  meaningful  changes  would  require  Congressional  action  to
implement and it is difficult to estimate when Congressional action would be final and how long any associated phase-in
period  may  last.

Dodd-Frank requires lenders to consider a borrower’s ability to repay a home loan before extending credit. The
Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  (‘‘CFPB’’)  rule  defining  ‘‘Qualified  Mortgage’’  (‘‘QM’’)  for  purposes  of
implementing the ‘‘ability to repay’’ law became effective in January 2014 and included a temporary category of QMs for
mortgages that satisfy the general product feature requirements of QMs and meet the GSEs’ underwriting requirements
(the ‘‘temporary category’’). The temporary category will phase out when the GSEs’ conservatorship ends, or if sooner,
on  January  21,  2021.

Dodd-Frank  requires  a  securitizer  to  retain  at  least  5%  of  the  risk  associated  with  mortgage  loans  that  are
securitized, and in some cases the retained risk may be allocated between the securitizer and the lender that originated

53

Risk  Factors  (continued)

the  loan.  The  final  rule  implementing  that  requirement  became  effective  on  December  24,  2015  for  asset-backed
securities  collateralized  by  residential  mortgages.  The  final  rule  exempts  securitizations  of  qualified  residential
mortgages  (‘‘QRMs’’)  from  the  risk  retention  requirement  and  generally  aligns  the  QRM  definition  with  that  of  QM.
Because there is a temporary category of QMs for mortgages that satisfy the general product feature requirements of
QMs and meet the GSEs’ underwriting requirements, lenders that originate loans that are sold to the GSEs while they
are  in  conservatorship  would  not  be  required  to  retain  risk  associated  with  those  loans.  The  final  rule  requires  the
agencies that implemented the rule to review the QRM definition no later than four years after its effective date and
every  five  years  thereafter,  and  allows  each  agency  to  request  a  review  of  the  definition  at  any  time.

We estimate that for our new risk written in 2014 and 2015, 83% and 85%, respectively, was for loans that would
have met the CFPB’s general QM definition and, therefore, the QRM definition. We estimate that approximately 99% of
our new risk written in each of 2014 and 2015, was for loans that would have met the temporary category in the CFPB’s
QM definition. Changes in the treatment of GSE-guaranteed mortgage loans in the regulations defining QM and QRM,
or changes in the conservatorship or capital support provided to the GSEs by the U.S. Government, could impact the
manner  in  which  the  risk-retention  rules  apply  to  GSE  securitizations,  originators  who  sell  loans  to  GSEs  and  our
business.

We  may  not  continue  to  meet  the  GSEs’  mortgage  insurer  eligibility  requirements  and  our  returns  may
decrease  as  we  are  required  to  maintain  more  capital  in  order  to  maintain  our  eligibility.

Substantially all of our insurance written since 2008 has been for loans purchased by the GSEs. The GSEs each
revised  its  PMIERs  effective  December  31,  2015.  The  financial  requirements  of  the  PMIERs  require  a  mortgage
insurer’s  ‘‘Available  Assets’’  (generally  only  the  most  liquid  assets  of  an  insurer)  to  equal  or  exceed  its  ‘‘Minimum
Required Assets’’ (which are based on an insurer’s book and are calculated from tables of factors with several risk
dimensions  and  are  subject  to  a  floor  amount).

Based on our interpretation of the PMIERs, as of December 31, 2015, MGIC’s Available Assets are $5.0 billion
and its Minimum Required Assets are $4.5 billion; and MGIC is in compliance with the financial requirements of the
PMIERs  and  eligible  to  insure  loans  purchased  by  the  GSEs.  Our  Available  Assets  do  not  include  approximately
$100 million of statutory capital in excess of MIC’s minimum policyholder position that remained after MIC repatriated
$387 million to MGIC in the fourth quarter of 2015. Additional repatriation of funds from MIC to MGIC would be subject
to  regulatory  approval.  For  information  about  the  possible  reduction  in  Available  Assets  in  connection  with  the  first
quarter 2016 purchase by MGIC of a portion of our outstanding 9% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures, see
‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Debt at Our Holding Company and Holding Company Capital Resources’’
above.

If MGIC ceases to be eligible to insure loans purchased by one or both of the GSEs, it would significantly reduce
the volume of our new business writings. Factors that may negatively impact MGIC’s ability to continue to comply with
the  financial  requirements  of  the  PMIERs  include  the  following:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

The GSEs may reduce the amount of credit they allow under the PMIERs for the risk ceded under our quota
share  reinsurance  transaction.  The  GSEs’  ongoing  approval  of  that  transaction  is  subject  to  several
conditions and the transaction will be reviewed under the PMIERs at least annually by the GSEs. For more
information  about  the  transaction,  see  our  risk  factor  titled  ‘‘The  mix  of  business  we  write  affects  the
likelihood of losses occurring, our Minimum Required Assets under the PMIERs, and our premium yields.’’

The GSEs could make the PMIERs more onerous in the future; in this regard, the PMIERs provide that the
tables  of  factors  that  determine  Minimum  Required  Assets  will  be  updated  every  two  years  and  may  be
updated more frequently to reflect changes in macroeconomic conditions or loan performance. The GSEs

54

Risk  Factors  (continued)

will provide notice 180 days prior to the effective date of table updates. In addition, the GSEs may amend the
PMIERs  at  any  time.

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Our future operating results may be negatively impacted by the matters discussed in the rest of these risk
factors.  Such  matters  could  decrease  our  revenues,  increase  our  losses  or  require  the  use  of  assets,
thereby  creating  a  shortfall  in  Available  Assets.

Should additional capital be needed by MGIC in the future, additional capital contributions from our holding
company  may  not  be  available  due  to  competing  demands  on  holding  company  resources,  including  for
repayment  of  debt.

While on an overall basis, the amount of Available Assets MGIC must hold in order to continue to insure GSE
loans increased under the PMIERs over what state regulation currently requires, our reinsurance transaction mitigates
the  negative  effect  of  the  PMIERs  on  our  returns.  In  this  regard,  see  the  first  bullet  point  above.

The  benefit  of  our  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  may  become  substantially  limited.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $1.9 billion of net operating losses for tax purposes that we can
use in certain circumstances to offset future taxable income and thus reduce our federal income tax liability. Our ability
to utilize these net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be significantly limited if we experience an
‘‘ownership change’’ as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the ‘‘Code’’). In
general, an ownership change will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by ‘‘5-percent shareholders’’
(as  defined  in  the  Code)  that  exceeds  50  percentage  points  over  a  rolling  three-year  period.  A  corporation  that
experiences an ownership change will generally be subject to an annual limitation on the corporation’s subsequent use
of net operating loss carryovers that arose from pre-ownership change periods and use of losses that are subsequently
recognized  with  respect  to  assets  that  had  a  built-in-loss  on  the  date  of  the  ownership  change.  The  amount  of  the
annual limitation generally equals the fair value of the corporation immediately before the ownership change multiplied
by  the  long-term  tax-exempt  interest  rate  (subject  to  certain  adjustments).  To  the  extent  that  the  limitation  in  a
post-ownership-change year is not fully utilized, the amount of the limitation for the succeeding year will be increased.

While we have adopted our Amended and Restated Rights Agreement to minimize the likelihood of transactions in
our stock resulting in an ownership change, future issuances of equity-linked securities or transactions in our stock and
equity-linked securities that may not be within our control may cause us to experience an ownership change. If we
experience an ownership change, we may not be able to fully utilize our net operating losses, resulting in additional
income  taxes  and  a  reduction  in  our  shareholders’  equity.

We are involved in legal proceedings and are subject to the risk of additional legal proceedings in the future.

Before  paying  a  claim,  we  review  the  loan  and  servicing  files  to  determine  the  appropriateness  of  the  claim
amount. All of our insurance policies provide that we can reduce or deny a claim if the servicer did not comply with its
obligations under our insurance policy, including the requirement to mitigate our loss by performing reasonable loss
mitigation efforts or, for example, diligently pursuing a foreclosure or bankruptcy relief in a timely manner. We call such
reduction of claims submitted to us ‘‘curtailments.’’ In each of 2014 and 2015, curtailments reduced our average claim
paid by approximately 6.7%. After we pay a claim, servicers and insureds sometimes object to our curtailments and
other  adjustments.  We  review  these  objections  if  they  are  sent  to  us  within  90  days  after  the  claim  was  paid.

55

Risk  Factors  (continued)

When reviewing the loan file associated with a claim, we may determine that we have the right to rescind coverage
on the loan. (In our SEC reports, we refer to insurance rescissions and denials of claims collectively as ‘‘rescissions’’
and variations of that term.) In recent quarters, approximately 5% of claims received in a quarter have been resolved by
rescissions,  down  from  the  peak  of  approximately  28%  in  the  first  half  of  2009.  Our  loss  reserving  methodology
incorporates our estimates of future rescissions, reversals of rescissions and curtailments. A variance between ultimate
actual rescission, reversal or curtailment rates and our estimates, as a result of the outcome of litigation, settlements or
other  factors,  could  materially  affect  our  losses.

If the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, we generally engage in discussions in an attempt to settle the
dispute. As part of those discussions, we may voluntarily suspend rescissions we believe may be part of a settlement.
Certain  settlements  require  GSE  approval.  The  GSEs  consented  to  settlement  agreements  we  entered  into  with
Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. (‘‘CHL’’) and its affiliate, Bank of America, N.A., as successor to Countrywide Home
Loans Servicing LP, but there is no guarantee they will approve others. We have reached and implemented settlement
agreements  that  do  not  require  GSE  approval,  but  they  have  not  been  material  in  the  aggregate.

If  we  are  unable  to  reach  a  settlement,  the  outcome  of  a  dispute  ultimately  would  be  determined  by  legal
proceedings.  Under  our  policies  in  effect  prior  to  October  1,  2014,  legal  proceedings  disputing  our  right  to  rescind
coverage  may  be  brought  up  to  three  years  after  the  lender  has  obtained  title  to  the  property  (typically  through  a
foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, and under our master policy
effective October 1, 2014, such proceedings may be brought up to two years from the date of the notice of rescission. In
a  few  jurisdictions  there  is  a  longer  time  to  bring  such  proceedings.

Until  a  liability  associated  with  a  settlement  agreement  or  litigation  becomes  probable  and  can  be  reasonably
estimated,  we  consider  our  claim  payment  or  rescission  resolved  for  financial  reporting  purposes  even  though
discussions and legal proceedings may have been initiated and are ongoing. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss
from  such  discussions  and  proceedings  is  accrued  for  only  if  we  determine  that  the  loss  is  probable  and  can  be
reasonably estimated. The estimated impact that we have recorded is our best estimate of our loss from these matters.
If we are not able to implement settlements we consider probable, we intend to defend MGIC vigorously against any
related  legal  proceedings.

In addition to the probable settlements for which we have recorded a loss, we are involved in other discussions
and/or proceedings with insureds with respect to our claims paying practices. Although it is reasonably possible that
when these matters are resolved we will not prevail in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range
of  estimates  of  the  potential  liability.  We  estimate  the  maximum  exposure  associated  with  matters  where  a  loss  is
reasonably possible to be approximately $317 million, although we believe we will ultimately resolve these matters for
significantly less than this amount. This estimate includes the maximum exposure for losses that we have determined
are  probable  in  excess  of  the  provision  we  have  recorded  for  such  losses.

The estimates of our maximum exposure referred to above do not include interest or consequential or exemplary

damages.

Mortgage  insurers,  including  MGIC,  have  been  involved  in  litigation  alleging  violations  of  the  anti-referral  fee
provisions  of  the  Real  Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  which  is  commonly  known  as  RESPA,  and  the  notice
provisions of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which is commonly known as FCRA. MGIC’s settlement of class action
litigation against it under RESPA became final in October 2003. MGIC settled the named plaintiffs’ claims in litigation
against it under FCRA in December 2004, following denial of class certification in June 2004. Since December 2006,
class  action  litigation  has  been  brought  against  a  number  of  large  lenders  alleging  that  their  captive  mortgage
reinsurance  arrangements  violated  RESPA.  Beginning  in  December  2011,  MGIC,  together  with  various  mortgage
lenders and other mortgage insurers, was named as a defendant in twelve lawsuits, alleged to be class actions, filed in

56

Risk  Factors  (continued)

various U.S. District Courts. The complaints in all of the cases alleged various causes of action related to the captive
mortgage reinsurance arrangements of the mortgage lenders, including that the lenders’ captive reinsurers received
excessive premiums in relation to the risk assumed by those captives, thereby violating RESPA. As of the end of the
first quarter of 2015, MGIC had been dismissed from all twelve cases. There can be no assurance that we will not be
subject to further litigation under RESPA (or FCRA) or that the outcome of any such litigation would not have a material
adverse  effect  on  us.

In 2013, we entered into a settlement with the CFPB that resolved a federal investigation of MGIC’s participation in
captive  reinsurance  arrangements  without  the  CFPB  or  a  court  making  any  findings  of  wrongdoing.  As  part  of  the
settlement, MGIC agreed that it would not enter into any new captive reinsurance agreement or reinsure any new loans
under any existing captive reinsurance agreement for a period of ten years. MGIC had voluntarily suspended most of its
captive arrangements in 2008 in response to market conditions and GSE requests. In connection with the settlement,
MGIC  paid  a  civil  penalty  of  $2.65  million  and  the  court  issued  an  injunction  prohibiting  MGIC  from  violating  any
provisions  of  RESPA.

In  2015,  MGIC  executed  a  Consent  Order  with  the  Minnesota  Department  of  Commerce  that  resolved  that
department’s  investigation  of  captive  reinsurance  matters  without  making  any  findings  of  wrongdoing.  The  Consent
Order provided, among other things, that MGIC is prohibited from entering into any new captive reinsurance agreement
or  reinsuring  any  new  loans  under  any  existing  captive  reinsurance  agreement  for  a  period  of  ten  years.

Various regulators, including the CFPB, state insurance commissioners and state attorneys general may bring
other  actions  seeking  various  forms  of  relief  in  connection  with  alleged  violations  of  RESPA.  The  insurance  law
provisions of many states prohibit paying for the referral of insurance business and provide various mechanisms to
enforce this prohibition. While we believe our practices are in conformity with applicable laws and regulations, it is not
possible to predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of any such reviews or investigations nor is it possible to
predict  their  effect  on  us  or  the  mortgage  insurance  industry.

We  are  subject  to  comprehensive,  detailed  regulation  by  state  insurance  departments.  These  regulations  are
principally designed for the protection of our insured policyholders, rather than for the benefit of investors. Although their
scope  varies,  state  insurance  laws  generally  grant  broad  supervisory  powers  to  agencies  or  officials  to  examine
insurance companies and enforce rules or exercise discretion affecting almost every significant aspect of the insurance
business.  State  insurance  regulatory  authorities  could  take  actions,  including  changes  in  capital  requirements,  that
could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, the CFPB may issue additional rules or regulations, which may
materially  affect  our  business.

In  December  2013,  the  U.S.  Treasury  Department’s  Federal  Insurance  Office  released  a  report  that  calls  for
federal standards and oversight for mortgage insurers to be developed and implemented. It is uncertain what form the
standards  and  oversight  will  take  and  when  they  will  become  effective.

In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of
business. In our opinion, based on the facts known at this time, the ultimate resolution of these ordinary course legal
proceedings  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  position  or  results  of  operations.

Resolution  of  our  dispute  with  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  could  adversely  affect  us.

As previously disclosed, the Internal Revenue Service (‘‘IRS’’) completed examinations of our federal income tax
returns for the years 2000 through 2007 and issued proposed assessments for taxes, interest and penalties related to
our treatment of the flow-through income and loss from an investment in a portfolio of residual interests of Real Estate
Mortgage Investment Conduits (‘‘REMICs’’). The IRS indicated that it did not believe that, for various reasons, we had

57

Risk  Factors  (continued)

established sufficient tax basis in the REMIC residual interests to deduct the losses from taxable income. We appealed
these assessments within the IRS and in August 2010, we reached a tentative settlement agreement with the IRS which
was  not  finalized.

In 2014, we received Notices of Deficiency (commonly referred to as ‘‘90 day letters’’) covering the 2000-2007 tax
years.  The  Notices  of  Deficiency  reflect  taxes  and  penalties  related  to  the  REMIC  matters  of  $197.5  million  and  at
December 31, 2015, there would also be interest related to these matters of approximately $182.9 million. In 2007, we
made a payment of $65.2 million to the United States Department of the Treasury which will reduce any amounts we
would  ultimately  owe.  The  Notices  of  Deficiency  also  reflect  additional  amounts  due  of  $261.4  million,  which  are
primarily associated with the disallowance of the carryback of the 2009 net operating loss to the 2004-2007 tax years.
We  believe  the  IRS  included  the  carryback  adjustments  as  a  precaution  to  keep  open  the  statute  of  limitations  on
collection of the tax that was refunded when this loss was carried back, and not because the IRS actually intends to
disallow  the  carryback  permanently.

We  filed  a  petition  with  the  U.S.  Tax  Court  contesting  most  of  the  IRS’  proposed  adjustments  reflected  in  the
Notices of Deficiency and the IRS has filed an answer to our petition which continues to assert their claim. Litigation to
resolve  our  dispute  with  the  IRS  could  be  lengthy  and  costly  in  terms  of  legal  fees  and  related  expenses.  We  can
provide no assurance regarding the outcome of any such litigation or whether a compromised settlement with the IRS
will ultimately be reached and finalized. Depending on the outcome of this matter, additional state income taxes and
state interest may become due when a final resolution is reached. As of December 31, 2015, those state taxes and
interest  would  approximate  $48.8  million.  In  addition,  there  could  also  be  state  tax  penalties.  Our  total  amount  of
unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 is $107.1 million, which represents the tax benefits generated by
the REMIC portfolio included in our tax returns that we have not taken benefit for in our financial statements, including
any related interest. We continue to believe that our previously recorded tax provisions and liabilities are appropriate.
However, we would need to make appropriate adjustments, which could be material, to our tax provision and liabilities if
our view of the probability of success in this matter changes, and the ultimate resolution of this matter could have a
material  negative  impact  on  our  effective  tax  rate,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  available  assets  and  statutory
capital. In this regard, see our risk factors titled ‘‘We may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility
requirements  and  our  returns  may  decrease  as  we  are  required  to  maintain  more  capital  in  order  to  maintain  our
eligibility’’ and ‘‘State capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted
basis.’’

Because we establish loss reserves only upon a loan default rather than based on estimates of our ultimate
losses on risk in force, losses may have a disproportionate adverse effect on our earnings in certain periods.

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, commonly referred to as GAAP,
we  establish  reserves  for  insurance  losses  and  loss  adjustment  expenses  only  when  notices  of  default  on  insured
mortgage loans are received and for loans we estimate are in default but for which notices of default have not yet been
reported  to  us  by  the  servicers  (this  is  often  referred  to  as  ‘‘IBNR’’).  Because  our  reserving  method  does  not  take
account of losses that could occur from loans that are not delinquent, such losses are not reflected in our financial
statements,  except  in  the  case  where  a  premium  deficiency  exists.  As  a  result,  future  losses  on  loans  that  are  not
currently  delinquent  may  have  a  material  impact  on  future  results  as  such  losses  emerge.

Because loss reserve estimates are subject to uncertainties, paid claims may be substantially different than
our  loss  reserves.

When we establish reserves, we estimate the ultimate loss on delinquent loans using estimated claim rates and
claim amounts. The estimated claim rates and claim amounts represent our best estimates of what we will actually pay
on the loans in default as of the reserve date and incorporate anticipated mitigation from rescissions. The establishment

58

Risk  Factors  (continued)

of loss reserves is subject to inherent uncertainty and requires judgment by management. The actual amount of the
claim  payments  may  be  substantially  different  than  our  loss  reserve  estimates.  Our  estimates  could  be  adversely
affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or national economic conditions. The deterioration in
conditions  may  include  an  increase  in  unemployment,  reducing  borrowers’  income  and  thus  their  ability  to  make
mortgage payments, and a decrease in housing values, which may affect borrower willingness to continue to make
mortgage payments when the value of the home is below the mortgage balance. Changes to our estimates could have
a material impact on our future results, even in a stable economic environment. In addition, historically, losses incurred
have followed a seasonal trend in which the second half of the year has weaker credit performance than the first half,
with  higher  new  default  notice  activity  and  a  lower  cure  rate.

We  rely  on  our  management  team  and  our  business  could  be  harmed  if  we  are  unable  to  retain  qualified
personnel  or  successfully  develop  and/or  recruit  their  replacements.

Our  success  depends,  in  part,  on  the  skills,  working  relationships  and  continued  services  of  our  management
team and other key personnel. The unexpected departure of key personnel could adversely affect the conduct of our
business.  In  such  event,  we  would  be  required  to  obtain  other  personnel  to  manage  and  operate  our  business.  In
addition, we will be required to replace the knowledge and expertise of our aging workforce as our workers retire. In
either  case,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  would  be  able  to  develop  or  recruit  suitable  replacements  for  the
departing individuals; that replacements could be hired, if necessary, on terms that are favorable to us; or that we can
successfully  transition  such  replacements  in  a  timely  manner.  We  currently  have  not  entered  into  any  employment
agreements with our officers or key personnel. Volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may affect our ability
to  retain  our  key  personnel  or  attract  replacements  should  key  personnel  depart.  Without  a  properly  skilled  and
experienced workforce, our costs, including productivity costs and costs to replace employees may increase, and this
could  negatively  impact  our  earnings.

Our reinsurance agreement with unaffiliated reinsurers allows each reinsurer to terminate such reinsurer’s portion
of  the  transaction  on  a  run-off  basis  if  during  any  six  month  period  prior  to  July  1,  2016,  two  or  more  officers  with
positions  of  executive  vice  president  or  higher  (of  which  there  are  currently  four)  depart,  the  departures  result  in  a
material  adverse  impact  on  our  underwriting  and  risk  management  practices  or  policies,  and  such  reinsurer  timely
objects  to  the  replacements  of  such  executives.  We  view  such  a  termination  as  unlikely.

Loan  modification  and  other  similar  programs  may  not  continue  to  provide  substantial  benefits  to  us.

The  federal  government,  including  through  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury  and  the  GSEs,  and  several
lenders have modification programs to make loans more affordable to borrowers with the goal of reducing the number of
foreclosures. During 2014 and 2015, we were notified of modifications that cured delinquencies that had they become
paid  claims  would  have  resulted  in  approximately  $0.8  billion  and  $0.6  billion,  respectively,  of  estimated  claim
payments.  These  levels  are  down  from  a  high  of  $3.2  billion  in  2010.

One  loan  modification  program  is  the  Home  Affordable  Modification  Program  (‘‘HAMP’’).  We  are  aware  of
approximately 5,065 loans in our primary delinquent inventory at December 31, 2015 for which the HAMP trial period
has begun and which trial periods have not been reported to us as completed or cancelled. Through December 31,
2015, approximately 62,500 primary loans that we continue to insure have cured their delinquency after entering HAMP
and are not in default. The interest rates on certain loans modified under HAMP are subject to adjustment five years
after the modification was entered into. Such adjustments are limited to an increase of one percentage point per year.

The GSEs’ Home Affordable Refinance Program (‘‘HARP’’), allows borrowers who are not delinquent but who may
not otherwise be able to refinance their loans under the current GSE underwriting standards, to refinance their loans.
We allow HARP refinances on loans that we insure, regardless of whether the loan meets our current underwriting

59

Risk  Factors  (continued)

standards, and we account for the refinance as a loan modification (even where there is a new lender) rather than new
insurance written. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 13% of our primary insurance in force had benefitted from
HARP  and  was  still  in  force.

In each of 2014 and 2015, approximately 16% of our primary cures were the result of modifications, with HAMP
accounting for approximately 67% and 66% of the modifications in each of those periods, respectively. Although the
HAMP  and  HARP  programs  have  been  extended  through  December  2016,  we  believe  that  we  have  realized  the
majority of the benefits from them because the number of loans insured by us that we are aware are entering those
programs  has  decreased  significantly.

We  cannot  determine  the  total  benefit  we  may  derive  from  loan  modification  programs,  particularly  given  the
uncertainty around the re-default rates for defaulted loans that have been modified. Our loss reserves do not account
for  potential  re-defaults  of  current  loans.

If the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations declines, the amount of insurance that we
write  could  decline,  which  would  reduce  our  revenues.

The  factors  that  affect  the  volume  of  low  down  payment  mortgage  originations  include:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

restrictions  on  mortgage  credit  due  to  more  stringent  underwriting  standards,  liquidity  issues  and
risk-retention  requirements  associated  with  non-QRM  loans  affecting  lenders,

the level of home mortgage interest rates and the deductibility of mortgage interest for income tax purposes,

the health of the domestic economy as well as conditions in regional and local economies and the level of
consumer  confidence,

housing  affordability,

population  trends,  including  the  rate  of  household  formation,

the rate of home price appreciation, which in times of heavy refinancing can affect whether refinanced loans
have  loan-to-value  ratios  that  require  private  mortgage  insurance,  and

government  housing  policy  encouraging  loans  to  first-time  homebuyers.

A decline in the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations could decrease demand for mortgage
insurance, decrease our new insurance written and reduce our revenues. For other factors that could decrease the
demand  for  mortgage  insurance,  see  our  risk  factor  titled  ‘‘The  amount  of  insurance  we  write  could  be  adversely
affected  if  lenders  and  investors  select  alternatives  to  private  mortgage  insurance.’’

State capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis.

The insurance laws of 16 jurisdictions, including Wisconsin, our domiciliary state, require a mortgage insurer to
maintain  a  minimum  amount  of  statutory  capital  relative  to  the  risk  in  force  (or  a  similar  measure)  in  order  for  the
mortgage  insurer  to  continue  to  write  new  business.  We  refer  to  these  requirements  as  the  ‘‘State  Capital
Requirements.’’  While  they  vary  among  jurisdictions,  the  most  common  State  Capital  Requirements  allow  for  a
maximum  risk-to-capital  ratio  of  25  to  1.  A  risk-to-capital  ratio  will  increase  if  (i)  the  percentage  decrease  in  capital
exceeds the percentage decrease in insured risk, or (ii) the percentage increase in capital is less than the percentage

60

Risk  Factors  (continued)

increase in insured risk. Wisconsin does not regulate capital by using a risk-to-capital measure but instead requires a
minimum policyholder position (‘‘MPP’’). The ‘‘policyholder position’’ of a mortgage insurer is its net worth or surplus,
contingency  reserve  and  a  portion  of  the  reserves  for  unearned  premiums.

At December 31, 2015, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio was 12.1 to 1, below the maximum allowed by the jurisdictions
with State Capital Requirements, and its policyholder position was $1.2 billion above the required MPP of $1.1 billion. In
calculating  our  risk-to-capital  ratio  and  MPP,  we  are  allowed  full  credit  for  the  risk  ceded  under  our  reinsurance
transaction  with  a  group  of  unaffiliated  reinsurers.  It  is  possible  that  under  the  revised  State  Capital  Requirements
discussed below, MGIC will not be allowed full credit for the risk ceded to the reinsurers. If MGIC is not allowed an
agreed level of credit under either the State Capital Requirements or the PMIERs, MGIC may terminate the reinsurance
agreement,  without  penalty.  At  this  time,  we  expect  MGIC  to  continue  to  comply  with  the  current  State  Capital
Requirements;  however,  you  should  read  the  rest  of  these  risk  factors  for  information  about  matters  that  could
negatively  affect  such  compliance.

At December 31, 2015, the risk-to-capital ratio of our combined insurance operations (which includes reinsurance
affiliates) was 13.6 to 1. Reinsurance transactions with affiliates permit MGIC to write insurance with a higher coverage
percentage  than  it  could  on  its  own  under  certain  state-specific  requirements.  A  higher  risk-to-capital  ratio  on  a
combined basis may indicate that, in order for MGIC to continue to utilize reinsurance arrangements with its affiliates,
additional  capital  contributions  to  the  reinsurance  affiliates  could  be  needed.

The NAIC previously announced that it plans to revise the minimum capital and surplus requirements for mortgage
insurers that are provided for in its Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Model Act. A working group of state regulators is
drafting  the  revisions,  although  no  date  has  been  established  by  which  the  NAIC  must  propose  revisions  to  such
requirements.  Depending  on  the  scope  of  revisions  made  by  the  NAIC,  MGIC  may  be  prevented  from  writing  new
business  in  the  jurisdictions  adopting  such  revisions.

If MGIC fails to meet the State Capital Requirements of Wisconsin and is unable to obtain a waiver of them from
the OCI, MGIC could be prevented from writing new business in all jurisdictions. If MGIC fails to meet the State Capital
Requirements of a jurisdiction other than Wisconsin and is unable to obtain a waiver of them, MGIC could be prevented
from writing new business in that particular jurisdiction. It is possible that regulatory action by one or more jurisdictions,
including those that do not have specific State Capital Requirements, may prevent MGIC from continuing to write new
insurance in such jurisdictions. If we are unable to write business in all jurisdictions, lenders may be unwilling to procure
insurance from us anywhere. In addition, a lender’s assessment of the future ability of our insurance operations to meet
the State Capital Requirements or the PMIERs may affect its willingness to procure insurance from us. In this regard,
see our risk factor titled ‘‘Competition or changes in our relationships with our customers could reduce our revenues,
reduce our premium yields and/or increase our losses.’’ A possible future failure by MGIC to meet the State Capital
Requirements  or  the  PMIERs  will  not  necessarily  mean  that  MGIC  lacks  sufficient  resources  to  pay  claims  on  its
insurance liabilities. While we believe MGIC has sufficient claims paying resources to meet its claim obligations on its
insurance in force on a timely basis, you should read the rest of these risk factors for information about matters that
could  negatively  affect  MGIC’s  claims  paying  resources.

Downturns in the domestic economy or declines in the value of borrowers’ homes from their value at the time
their  loans  closed  may  result  in  more  homeowners  defaulting  and  our  losses  increasing.

Losses result from events that reduce a borrower’s ability or willingness to continue to make mortgage payments,
such as unemployment, health issues, family status, and whether the home of a borrower who defaults on his mortgage
can  be  sold  for  an  amount  that  will  cover  unpaid  principal  and  interest  and  the  expenses  of  the  sale.  In  general,
favorable economic conditions reduce the likelihood that borrowers will lack sufficient income to pay their mortgages
and  also  favorably  affect  the  value  of  homes,  thereby  reducing  and  in  some  cases  even  eliminating  a  loss  from  a

61

Risk  Factors  (continued)

mortgage default. A deterioration in economic conditions, including an increase in unemployment, generally increases
the  likelihood  that  borrowers  will  not  have  sufficient  income  to  pay  their  mortgages  and  can  also  adversely  affect
housing values, which in turn can influence the willingness of borrowers with sufficient resources to make mortgage
payments  to  do  so  when  the  mortgage  balance  exceeds  the  value  of  the  home.  Housing  values  may  decline  even
absent  a  deterioration  in  economic  conditions  due  to  declines  in  demand  for  homes,  which  in  turn  may  result  from
changes in buyers’ perceptions of the potential for future appreciation, restrictions on and the cost of mortgage credit
due to more stringent underwriting standards, higher interest rates generally, changes to the deductibility of mortgage
interest for income tax purposes, or other factors. Changes in housing values and unemployment levels are inherently
difficult to forecast given the uncertainty in the current market environment, including uncertainty about the effect of
actions the federal government has taken and may take with respect to tax policies, mortgage finance programs and
policies,  and  housing  finance  reform.

The mix of business we write affects the likelihood of losses occurring, our Minimum Required Assets under
the  PMIERs,  and  our  premium  yields.

Even when housing values are stable or rising, mortgages with certain characteristics have higher probabilities of
claims. These characteristics include loans with higher loan-to-value ratios, lower FICO scores, limited underwriting,
including limited borrower documentation, or higher total debt-to-income ratios, as well as loans having combinations of
higher risk factors. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 16.2% of our primary risk in force consisted of loans with
loan-to-value ratios greater than 95%, 4.6% had FICO scores below 620, and 4.6% had limited underwriting, including
limited borrower documentation, each attribute as determined at the time of loan origination. A material number of these
loans were originated in 2005-2007 or the first half of 2008. For information about our classification of loans by FICO
score and documentation, see footnotes (1) and (2) to the composition of primary default inventory table under ‘‘Results
of  Consolidated  Operations  –  Losses  –  Losses  incurred’’  in  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  above.

The Minimum Required Assets under the PMIERs are, in part, a function of the direct risk-in-force and the risk
profile  of  the  loans  we  insure,  considering  loan-to-value  ratio,  credit  score,  vintage,  HARP  status  and  delinquency
status; and whether the loans were insured under lender paid mortgage insurance policies or other policies that are not
subject  to  automatic  termination  consistent  with  the  Homeowners  Protection  Act  requirements  for  borrower  paid
mortgage insurance. Therefore, if our direct risk-in-force increases through increases in new insurance written, or if our
mix of business changes to include loans with higher loan-to-value ratios or lower FICO scores, for example, or if we
insure more loans under lender-paid mortgage insurance policies, we will be required to hold more Available Assets in
order  to  maintain  GSE  eligibility.

From  time  to  time,  in  response  to  market  conditions,  we  change  the  types  of  loans  that  we  insure  and  the
requirements under which we insure them. We also change our underwriting guidelines, in part through aligning some
of them with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for loans that receive and are processed in accordance with certain approval
recommendations from a GSE automated underwriting system. As a result of changes to our underwriting guidelines
and requirements and other factors, our business written beginning in the second half of 2013 is expected to have a
somewhat higher claim incidence than business written in 2009 through the first half of 2013. However, we believe this
business  presents  an  acceptable  level  of  risk.  Our  underwriting  requirements  are  available  on  our  website  at
http://www.mgic.com/underwriting/index.html. We monitor the competitive landscape and will make adjustments to our
pricing  and  underwriting  guidelines  as  warranted.  We  also  make  exceptions  to  our  underwriting  requirements  on  a
loan-by-loan basis and for certain customer programs. Together, the number of loans for which exceptions were made
accounted  for  fewer  than  2%  of  the  loans  we  insured  in  each  of  2014  and  2015.

62

Risk  Factors  (continued)

As  noted  above  in  our  risk  factor  titled  ‘‘We  may  not  continue  to  meet  the  GSEs’  mortgage  insurer  eligibility
requirements  and  our  returns  may  decrease  as  we  are  required  to  maintain  more  capital  in  order  to  maintain  our
eligibility,’’ in 2014 and 2015, we increased the percentage of our business from lender-paid single premium policies.
Depending on the actual life of a single premium policy and its premium rate relative to that of a monthly premium
policy,  a  single  premium  policy  may  generate  more  or  less  premium  than  a  monthly  premium  policy  over  its  life.
Currently, we expect to receive less lifetime premium from a new lender-paid single premium policy than we would from
a  new  borrower-paid  monthly  premium  policy.

We entered into a quota share reinsurance transaction with a group of unaffiliated reinsurers that was restructured
effective July 1, 2015. Although the transaction reduces our premiums, it has a lesser impact on our overall results, as
losses ceded under the transaction reduce our losses incurred and the ceding commission we receive reduces our
underwriting expenses. The net cost of reinsurance, with respect to a covered loan, is 6% (but can be lower if losses are
materially higher than we expect). This cost is derived by dividing the reduction in our pre-tax net income from such loan
with  reinsurance  by  our  direct  (that  is,  without  reinsurance)  premiums  from  such  loan.  Although  the  net  cost  of  the
reinsurance is generally constant at 6%, the effect of the reinsurance on the various components of pre-tax income will
vary  from  period  to  period,  depending  on  the  level  of  ceded  losses.  The  2015  restructuring  of  the  reinsurance
transaction  caused  volatility  in  our  2015  premium  yield  and  we  expect  it  to  reduce  our  premium  yield  in  2016.

In  addition  to  the  effect  of  reinsurance  on  our  premium  yield,  we  expect  a  modest  decline  in  premium  yield
resulting from the premium rates themselves: the books we wrote before 2009, which have a higher average premium
rate than subsequent books, are expected to continue to decline as a percentage of the insurance in force; and the
average premium rate on these books is also expected to decline as the premium rates reset to lower levels at the time
the loans reach the ten-year anniversary of their initial coverage date. However, for loans that have utilized HARP, the
initial  ten-year  period  was  reset  to  begin  as  of  the  date  of  the  HARP  transaction.  As  of  December  31,  2015,
approximately 24%, 28%, 36%, and 51% of the insurance in force from 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively, has
been  reported  to  us  as  utilizing  HARP.

The circumstances in which we are entitled to rescind coverage have narrowed for insurance we have written in
recent  years.  During  the  second  quarter  of  2012,  we  began  writing  a  portion  of  our  new  insurance  under  an
endorsement  to  our  then  existing  master  policy  (the  ‘‘Gold  Cert  Endorsement’’),  which  limited  our  ability  to  rescind
coverage compared to that master policy. The Gold Cert Endorsement is filed as Exhibit 99.7 to our quarterly report on
Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2012  (filed  with  the  SEC  on  May  10,  2012).

To comply with requirements of the GSEs, in 2014 we introduced a new master policy. Our rescission rights under
our  new  master  policy  are  comparable  to  those  under  our  previous  master  policy,  as  modified  by  the  Gold  Cert
Endorsement, but may be further narrowed if the GSEs permit modifications to them. Our new master policy is filed as
Exhibit 99.19 to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 (filed with the SEC on
November 7, 2014). All of our primary new insurance on loans with mortgage insurance application dates on or after
October 1, 2014, was written under our new master policy. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 48% of our flow,
primary  insurance  in  force  was  written  under  our  Gold  Cert  Endorsement  or  our  new  master  policy.

As of December 31, 2015, approximately 2.2% of our primary risk in force consisted of adjustable rate mortgages
in which the initial interest rate may be adjusted during the five years after the mortgage closing (‘‘ARMs’’). We classify
as fixed rate loans adjustable rate mortgages in which the initial interest rate is fixed during the five years after the
mortgage closing. If interest rates should rise between the time of origination of such loans and when their interest rates
may be reset, claims on ARMs and adjustable rate mortgages whose interest rates may only be adjusted after five
years would be substantially higher than for fixed rate loans. In addition, we have insured ‘‘interest-only’’ loans, which
may also be ARMs, and loans with negative amortization features, such as pay option ARMs. We believe claim rates on

63

Risk  Factors  (continued)

these loans will be substantially higher than on loans without scheduled payment increases that are made to borrowers
of  comparable  credit  quality.

Although we attempt to incorporate these higher expected claim rates into our underwriting and pricing models,
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  premiums  earned  and  the  associated  investment  income  will  be  adequate  to
compensate  for  actual  losses  even  under  our  current  underwriting  requirements.  We  do,  however,  believe  that  our
insurance  written  beginning  in  the  second  half  of  2008  will  generate  underwriting  profits.

The premiums we charge may not be adequate to compensate us for our liabilities for losses and as a result
any  inadequacy  could  materially  affect  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.

We set premiums at the time a policy is issued based on our expectations regarding likely performance over the
long-term. Our premiums are subject to approval by state regulatory agencies, which can delay or limit our ability to
increase our premiums. Generally, we cannot cancel mortgage insurance coverage or adjust renewal premiums during
the  life  of  a  mortgage  insurance  policy.  As  a  result,  higher  than  anticipated  claims  generally  cannot  be  offset  by
premium  increases  on  policies  in  force  or  mitigated  by  our  non-renewal  or  cancellation  of  insurance  coverage.  The
premiums we charge, and the associated investment income, may not be adequate to compensate us for the risks and
costs  associated  with  the  insurance  coverage  provided  to  customers.  An  increase  in  the  number  or  size  of  claims,
compared  to  what  we  anticipate,  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition.

Our current expectation is that the incurred losses from our 2005-2008 books, although declining, will continue to
generate a material portion of our total incurred losses for a number of years. The ultimate amount of these losses will
depend in part on general economic conditions, including unemployment, and the direction of home prices, which in turn
will  be  influenced  by  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors.

We  are  susceptible  to  disruptions  in  the  servicing  of  mortgage  loans  that  we  insure.

We depend on reliable, consistent third-party servicing of the loans that we insure. Over the last several years, the
mortgage loan servicing industry has experienced consolidation and an increase in the number of specialty servicers
servicing  delinquent  loans.  The  resulting  change  in  the  composition  of  servicers  could  lead  to  disruptions  in  the
servicing of mortgage loans covered by our insurance policies. Further changes in the servicing industry resulting in the
transfer of servicing could cause a disruption in the servicing of delinquent loans which could reduce servicers’ ability to
undertake mitigation efforts that could help limit our losses. Future housing market conditions could lead to additional
increases  in  delinquencies  and  transfers  of  servicing.

Changes  in  interest  rates,  house  prices  or  mortgage  insurance  cancellation  requirements  may  change  the
length  of  time  that  our  policies  remain  in  force.

The premium from a single premium policy is collected upfront and generally earned over the estimated life of the
policy. In contrast, premiums from a monthly premium policy are received and earned each month over the life of the
policy. In each year, most of our premiums received are from insurance that has been written in prior years. As a result,
the  length  of  time  insurance  remains  in  force,  which  is  also  generally  referred  to  as  persistency,  is  a  significant
determinant of our revenues. Future premiums on our monthly paid insurance policies in force represent a material
portion of our claims paying resources and a low persistency rate will reduce those future premiums. In contrast, a
higher  than  expected  persistency  rate  will  decrease  the  profitability  from  single  premium  policies  because  they  will
remain  in  force  longer  than  was  estimated  when  the  policies  were  written.

The monthly premium program used for the substantial majority of loans we insured provides that, for the first ten
years  of  the  policy,  the  premium  is  determined  by  the  product  of  the  premium  rate  and  the  initial  loan  balance;

64

Risk  Factors  (continued)

thereafter, a lower premium rate is applied to the initial loan balance. The initial ten-year period is reset when the loan is
refinanced under HARP. The premiums on many of the policies in our 2005 book that were not refinanced under HARP
reset in 2015 and the premiums on many of the policies in our 2006 book that were not refinanced under HARP will
reset in 2016. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 4%, 7%, 14% and 7%, of our primary risk-in-force was written in
2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and approximately 24%, 28%, 36%, and 51% of that remaining insurance in
force,  respectively,  has  been  refinanced  under  HARP.

Our persistency rate was 79.7% at December 31, 2015, compared to 82.8% at December 31, 2014, and 79.5% at
December 31, 2013. During the 1990s, our year-end persistency ranged from a high of 87.4% at December 31, 1990 to
a  low  of  68.1%  at  December  31,  1998.  Since  2000,  our  year-end  persistency  ranged  from  a  high  of  84.7%  at
December  31,  2009  to  a  low  of  47.1%  at  December  31,  2003.

Our persistency rate is primarily affected by the level of current mortgage interest rates compared to the mortgage
coupon  rates  on  our  insurance  in  force,  which  affects  the  vulnerability  of  the  insurance  in  force  to  refinancing.  Our
persistency  rate  is  also  affected  by  mortgage  insurance  cancellation  policies  of  mortgage  investors  along  with  the
current  value  of  the  homes  underlying  the  mortgages  in  the  insurance  in  force.

Your  ownership  in  our  company  may  be  diluted  by  additional  capital  that  we  raise  or  if  the  holders  of  our
outstanding  convertible  debt  convert  that  debt  into  shares  of  our  common  stock.

As noted above under our risk factor titled ‘‘We may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility
requirements  and  our  returns  may  decrease  as  we  are  required  to  maintain  more  capital  in  order  to  maintain  our
eligibility,’’ although we are currently in compliance with the financial requirements of the PMIERs, there can be no
assurance that we would not seek to issue non-dilutive debt capital or to raise additional equity capital to manage our
capital  position  under  the  PMIERs  or  for  other  purposes.  Any  future  issuance  of  equity  securities  may  dilute  your
ownership interest in our company. In addition, the market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales
of  a  large  number  of  shares  or  similar  securities  in  the  market  or  the  perception  that  such  sales  could  occur.

At  December  31,  2015,  we  had  $389.5  million  principal  amount  of  9%  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures outstanding. The principal amount of the debentures is currently convertible, at the holder’s option, at an
initial  conversion  rate,  which  is  subject  to  adjustment,  of  74.0741  common  shares  per  $1,000  principal  amount  of
debentures. This represents an initial conversion price of approximately $13.50 per share. We have the right, and may
elect,  to  defer  interest  payable  under  the  debentures  in  the  future.  If  a  holder  elects  to  convert  its  debentures,  the
interest that has been deferred on the debentures being converted is also convertible into shares of our common stock.
The conversion rate for such deferred interest is based on the average price that our shares traded at during a 5-day
period immediately prior to the election to convert the associated debentures. We may elect to pay cash for some or all
of  the  shares  issuable  upon  a  conversion  of  the  debentures.  At  December  31,  2015,  we  also  had  $333.5  million
principal amount of 5% Convertible Senior Notes and $500 million principal amount of 2% Convertible Senior Notes
outstanding. The 5% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible, at the holder’s option, at an initial conversion rate, which
is subject to adjustment, of 74.4186 shares per $1,000 principal amount at any time prior to the maturity date. This
represents an initial conversion price of approximately $13.44 per share. Prior to January 1, 2020, the 2% Convertible
Senior Notes are convertible only upon satisfaction of one or more conditions. One such condition is that conversion
may occur during any calendar quarter commencing after March 31, 2014, if the last reported sale price of our common
stock for each of at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last
trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion
price  on  each  applicable  trading  day.  The  notes  are  convertible  at  an  initial  conversion  rate,  which  is  subject  to
adjustment,  of  143.8332  shares  per  $1,000  principal  amount.  This  represents  an  initial  conversion  price  of
approximately $6.95 per share. 130% of such  conversion price is $9.03. On or after January 1, 2020, holders may
convert  their  notes  irrespective  of  satisfaction  of  the  conditions.  We  do  not  have  the  right  to  defer  interest  on  our

65

Risk  Factors  (continued)

Convertible Senior Notes. For a discussion of the dilutive effects of our convertible securities on our earnings per share,
see  Note  3  –  ‘‘Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  Earnings  per  Share’’  to  our  consolidated  financial
statements.  For  a  discussion  of  the  first  quarter  2016  purchase  by  our  holding  company  of  a  portion  of  our  5%
Convertible Senior Notes and purchase by MGIC of a portion of our outstanding 9% Convertible Junior Subordinated
Debentures,  see  ‘‘Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  –  Debt  at  Our  Holding  Company  and  Holding  Company
Capital  Resources’’  above.

Our  debt  obligations  materially  exceed  our  holding  company  cash  and  investments.

At December 31, 2015, we had approximately $402 million in cash and investments at our holding company and
our holding company’s debt obligations were $1,223 million in aggregate principal amount, consisting of $334 million of
5% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2017, $500 million of 2% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2020 and $390 million of
9%  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  due  in  2063.  Annual  debt  service  on  the  debt  outstanding  as  of
December 31, 2015, is approximately $62 million. We have from time to time purchased our debt securities, including
those that are convertible, and may continue to do so in the future. For a discussion of the first quarter 2016 purchase
by our holding company of a portion of our 5% Convertible Senior Notes and purchase by MGIC of a portion of our
outstanding 9% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures, see ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Debt at
Our Holding Company and Holding Company Capital Resources’’ above. While the repurchase of the 5% Convertible
Senior  Notes  will  reduce  our  annual  cash  interest  paid,  it  will  improve  our  liquidity  (which  for  this  purpose  is  our
expected cash balance immediately after the maturity of the these Notes in 2017) only modestly taking into account the
above-par  purchase  price  and  the  lost  investment  income  on  the  funds  used  for  the  repurchase.

The  Convertible  Senior  Notes  and  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  are  obligations  of  our  holding
company,  MGIC  Investment  Corporation,  and  not  of  its  subsidiaries.  The  payment  of  dividends  from  our  insurance
subsidiaries which, other than investment income and raising capital in the public markets, is the principal source of our
holding  company  cash  inflow,  is  restricted  by  insurance  regulation.  MGIC  is  the  principal  source  of  dividend-paying
capacity and OCI authorization is required for MGIC to pay dividends. Although MGIC has not paid any dividends to our
holding  company  since  2008,  we  are  discussing  with  the  OCI  the  resumption  of  ongoing  dividends  in  2016.  If  any
additional  capital  contributions  to  our  subsidiaries  were  required,  such  contributions  would  decrease  our  holding
company  cash  and  investments.

We could be adversely affected if personal information on consumers that we maintain is improperly disclosed
and  our  information  technology  systems  may  become  outdated  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  make  timely
modifications  to  support  our  products  and  services.

We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems. All information
technology  systems  are  potentially  vulnerable  to  damage  or  interruption  from  a  variety  of  sources.  As  part  of  our
business, we maintain large amounts of personal information on consumers. While we believe we have appropriate
information  security  policies  and  systems  to  prevent  unauthorized  disclosure,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that
unauthorized disclosure, either through the actions of third parties or employees, will not occur. Unauthorized disclosure
could  adversely  affect  our  reputation  and  expose  us  to  material  claims  for  damages.

In addition, we are in the process of upgrading certain of our information systems that have been in place for a
number of years. The implementation of these technological improvements is complex, expensive and time consuming.
If  we  fail  to  timely  and  successfully  implement  the  new  technology  systems,  or  if  the  systems  do  not  operate  as
expected,  it  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  business  prospects  and  results  of  operations.

66

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control
Over  Financial  Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
(as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule  13a-15(f)).  Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,
however,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of
changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  has
evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  using  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  –
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.
Based on such evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as
of  December  31,  2015.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,  an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated
financial statements and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, as stated in
their  report  which  appears  herein.

67

Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm

To  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Shareholders  of
MGIC  Investment  Corporation

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations,
comprehensive  income,  shareholders’  equity  and  of  cash  flows  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial
position of MGIC Investment Corporation and its subsidiaries (the ‘‘Company’’) at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in
conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the
Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,
2015,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these
financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the
effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  integrated  audits.  We  conducted  our  audits  in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free  of  material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all
material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over
financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control
based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in
the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our  opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on
the  financial  statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP

17MAR201615184616

Milwaukee,  Wisconsin
February  26,  2016

68

Consolidated  Balance  Sheets

MGIC  INVESTMENT  CORPORATION  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
December  31,  2015  and  2014

ASSETS

Investment  portfolio  (notes  6  and  7):
Securities,  available-for-sale,  at  fair  value:
Fixed  maturities  (amortized  cost,  2015  –  $4,684,148;  2014  –

$4,602,514)
Equity  securities

Total  investment  portfolio

Cash  and  cash  equivalents
Restricted  cash  and  cash  equivalents  (note  2)
Accrued  investment  income
Prepaid  reinsurance  premiums  (note  11)
Reinsurance  recoverable  on  loss  reserves  (note  11)
Reinsurance  recoverable  on  paid  losses  (note  11)
Premiums  receivable
Home  office  and  equipment,  net
Deferred  insurance  policy  acquisition  costs
Profit  commission  receivable  (note  11)
Deferred  income  taxes,  net  (note  14)
Other  assets

2015

2014

(In  thousands)

$

4,657,561
5,645

4,663,206

$

4,609,614
3,055

4,612,669

181,120
—
40,224
166
44,487
3,319
48,469
30,095
15,241
–
762,080
91,138

197,882
17,212
30,518
47,623
57,841
6,424
57,442
28,693
12,240
91,500
–
106,390

Total  assets

$

5,879,545

$

5,266,434

LIABILITIES  AND  SHAREHOLDERS’  EQUITY

Liabilities:
Loss  reserves  (notes  9  and  11)
Premium  deficiency  reserve  (note  10)
Unearned  premiums
Senior  notes  (note  8)
Convertible  senior  notes  (note  8)
Convertible  junior  debentures  (note  8)
Other  liabilities

Total  liabilities

Contingencies  (note  20)

$

1,893,402
–
279,973
–
833,503
389,522
247,005

3,643,405

$

2,396,807
23,751
203,414
61,918
845,000
389,522
309,119

4,229,531

Shareholders’  equity  (note  15):
Common  stock  (one  dollar  par  value,  shares  authorized  1,000,000;

shares  issued  2015  –  340,097;  2014  –  340,047;  outstanding  2015  –
339,657;  2014  –  338,560)

Paid-in  capital
Treasury  stock  (shares  at  cost  2015  –  440;  2014  –  1,487)
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss,  net  of  tax  (note  12)
Retained  earnings  (deficit)

Total  shareholders’  equity

Total  liabilities  and  shareholders’  equity

340,097
1,670,238
(3,362)
(60,880)
290,047

340,047
1,663,592
(32,937)
(81,341)
(852,458)

2,236,140

1,036,903

$

5,879,545

$

5,266,434

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

69

Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations

MGIC  INVESTMENT  CORPORATION  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
Years  Ended  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013

2015

2014
(In  thousands,  except  per  share  data)

2013

$

$ 1,074,490
1,178
(55,391)

1,020,277
(124,055)

896,222

103,741

$

999,943
1,653
(119,634)

881,962
(37,591)

844,371

87,647

994,910
2,074
(73,503)

923,481
19,570

943,051

80,739

–

–

–
28,361

28,361
12,457

(144)

–

(144)
1,501

1,357
8,422

(328)

–

(328)
6,059

5,731
9,914

1,040,781

941,797

1,039,435

343,547
(23,751)
8,789
155,577
68,932

553,094

487,687
(684,313)

$ 1,172,000

3.45

2.60

339,552

468,039

$

$

$

496,077
(24,710)
7,618
138,441
69,648

687,074

254,723
2,774

251,949

0.74

0.64

338,523

413,522

838,726
(25,320)
10,641
181,877
79,663

1,085,587

(46,152)
3,696

(49,848)

(0.16)

(0.16)

311,754

311,754

$

$

$

$

$

$

–

$

–

$

–

Revenues:
Premiums  written:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded  (note  11)

Net  premiums  written
(Increase)  decrease  in  unearned  premiums

Net  premiums  earned  (note  11)

Investment  income,  net  of  expenses  (note  6)
Net  realized  investment  gains  (losses)  (note  6):
Total  other-than-temporary  impairment  losses
Portion  of  losses  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),

before  taxes  (note  12)

Net  impairment  losses  recognized  in  earnings
Other  realized  investment  gains

Net  realized  investment  gains
Other  revenue

Total  revenues

Losses  and  expenses:
Losses  incurred,  net  (notes  9  and  11)
Change  in  premium  deficiency  reserve  (note  10)
Amortization  of  deferred  policy  acquisition  costs
Other  underwriting  and  operating  expenses,  net  (note  11)
Interest  expense  (note  8)

Total  losses  and  expenses

Income  (loss)  before  tax
(Benefit  from)  provision  for  income  taxes  (note  14)

Net  income  (loss)

Income  (loss)  per  share  (note  3):
Basic

Diluted

Weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding  –  basic  (note  3)

Weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding  –  diluted  (note  3)

Dividends  per  share

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

70

Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income

MGIC  INVESTMENT  CORPORATION  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
Years  Ended  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013

Net  income  (loss)
Other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  net  of  tax  (note  12):
Change  in  unrealized  investment  gains  and  losses  (note  6)
Benefit  plans  adjustment  (note  13)
Foreign  currency  translation  adjustment

Other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  net  of  tax

2015

$ 1,172,000

2014
(In  thousands)
251,949
$

2013

$

(49,848)

40,403
(15,714)
(4,228)

20,461

91,139
(52,112)
(2,642)

36,385

(123,591)
68,038
(14,010)

(69,563)

Comprehensive  income  (loss)

$ 1,192,461

$

288,334

$ (119,411)

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

71

Consolidated  Statements  of  Shareholders’  Equity

MGIC  INVESTMENT  CORPORATION  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
Years  Ended  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013

Common  stock
Balance,  beginning  of  year
Common  stock  issuance
Net  common  stock  issued  under  share-based  compensation  plans

Balance,  end  of  year

Paid-in  capital
Balance,  beginning  of  year
Common  stock  issuance
Net  common  stock  issued  under  share-based  compensation  plans
Reissuance  of  treasury  stock,  net
Tax  benefit  from  share-based  compensation
Equity  compensation

Balance,  end  of  year

Treasury  stock
Balance,  beginning  of  year
Reissuance  of  treasury  stock,  net

Balance,  end  of  year

Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss
Balance,  beginning  of  year
Other  comprehensive  income  (loss)

Balance,  end  of  year

Retained  earnings  (deficit)
Balance,  beginning  of  year
Net  income  (loss)
Reissuance  of  treasury  stock,  net

Balance,  end  of  year

Total  shareholders’  equity

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

2015

2014
(In  thousands)

2013

$

$

$

340,047
–
50

340,097

340,047
–
–

340,047

205,047
135,000
–

340,047

1,663,592
–
(478)
(6,894)
2,116
11,902

1,661,269
–
–
(6,680)
–
9,003

1,135,296
528,335
–
(7,892)
–
5,530

1,670,238

1,663,592

1,661,269

(32,937)
29,575

(3,362)

(81,341)
20,461

(60,880)

(64,435)
31,498

(32,937)

(104,959)
40,524

(64,435)

(117,726)
36,385

(48,163)
(69,563)

(81,341)

(117,726)

(852,458)
1,172,000
(29,495)

(1,074,617)
251,949
(29,790)

(990,281)
(49,848)
(34,488)

290,047

(852,458)

(1,074,617)

$ 2,236,140

$ 1,036,903

$

744,538

72

Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows

MGIC  INVESTMENT  CORPORATION  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
Years  Ended  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013

2015

2014

2013

(In  thousands)

$

1,172,000

$

251,949

$

(49,848)

52,559
(692,810)
(28,361)
–
507
(2,117)

(9,706)
47,457
13,354
3,105
8,973
(3,001)
64,525
(503,405)
(23,751)
76,559
(9,600)
2,518
(16,770)

152,036

48,861
312
(1,501)
144
837
–

1,142
(11,380)
6,244
4,001
4,859
(2,519)
(89,132)
(664,594)
(24,710)
48,935
22,200
(674)
(251)

(405,277)

(2,462,844)
(2,623)
1,796,153
559,774
–
17,212
(4,630)

(1,979,917)
(94)
1,147,624
1,129,087
13
228
(4,707)

–
–
(73,957)
2,117

(71,840)

(16,762)
197,882

–
–
(21,767)
–

(21,767)

(134,810)
332,692

69,203
590
(6,059)
328
–
–

(4,417)
(35,402)
40,763
5,180
5,527
1,524
(2,368)
(995,442)
(25,320)
15,639
(11,800)
598
20,593

(970,711)

(3,248,602)
(111)
1,054,985
1,357,028
13
(17,440)
(820)

(854,947)

484,625
663,335
(17,235)
–

1,130,725

(694,933)
1,027,625

$

181,120

$

197,882

$

332,692

Cash  flows  from  operating  activities:

Net  income  (loss)
Adjustments  to  reconcile  net  income  (loss)  to  net  cash  provided  by

(used  in)  operating  activities:
Depreciation  and  other  amortization
Deferred  tax  (benefit)  expense
Realized  investment  gains,  net
Net  investment  impairment  losses
Loss  on  repurchase  of  senior  notes
Excess  tax  benefits  related  to  share-based  compensation
Change  in  certain  assets  and  liabilities:

Accrued  investment  income
Prepaid  reinsurance  premium
Reinsurance  recoverable  on  loss  reserves
Reinsurance  recoverable  on  paid  losses
Premiums  receivable
Deferred  insurance  policy  acquisition  costs
Profit  commission  receivable
Loss  reserves
Premium  deficiency  reserve
Unearned  premiums
Return  premium  accrual
Income  taxes  payable  –  current
Other,  net

Net  cash  provided  by  (used  in)  operating  activities

Cash  flows  from  investing  activities:

Purchases  of  investments:

Fixed  maturities
Equity  securities

Proceeds  from  sales  of  fixed  maturities
Proceeds  from  maturity  of  fixed  maturities
Net  decrease  in  payables  for  securities
Net  decrease  (increase)  in  restricted  cash
Additions  to  property  and  equipment

Cash  flows  from  financing  activities:

Net  proceeds  from  convertible  senior  notes
Common  stock  shares  issued
Repayment  of  long-term  debt
Excess  tax  benefits  related  to  share-based  compensation

Net  cash  (used  in)  provided  by  financing  activities

Net  decrease  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  at  beginning  of  year

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  at  end  of  year

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

73

Net  cash  (used  in)  provided  by  investing  activities

(96,958)

292,234

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements

MGIC  INVESTMENT  CORPORATION  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013

1.

Nature  of  Business

MGIC Investment Corporation is a holding company which, through Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation
(‘‘MGIC’’)  and  several  other  subsidiaries,  is  principally  engaged  in  the  mortgage  insurance  business.  We  provide
mortgage insurance to lenders throughout the United States and to government sponsored entities to protect against
loss  from  defaults  on  low  down  payment  residential  mortgage  loans.  Our  principal  product  is  primary  mortgage
insurance. Primary insurance provides mortgage default protection on individual loans and covers unpaid loan principal,
delinquent interest and certain expenses associated with the default and subsequent foreclosure or sale approved by
us.  Through  certain  other  non-insurance  subsidiaries,  we  also  provide  various  services  for  the  mortgage  finance
industry, such as contract underwriting, analysis of loan originations and portfolios, and mortgage lead generation. We
began writing business in Australia in June 2007. We stopped writing new business in Australia in 2008 and in the fourth
quarter of 2015 we settled all of our remaining risk in force. Our Australian operations, including amounts settled, are
included  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements;  however  they  are  not  material  to  our  consolidated  results.

At December 31, 2015, our direct domestic primary insurance in force was $174.5 billion, which represents the
principal balance in our records of all mortgage loans that we insure, and our direct domestic primary risk in force was
$45.5  billion,  which  represents  the  insurance  in  force  multiplied  by  the  insurance  coverage  percentage.

2.

Basis  of  Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America (‘‘GAAP’’), as codified in the Accounting Standards Codification. In
accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  periods.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.

Principles  of  Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  MGIC  Investment  Corporation  and  its

majority-owned  subsidiaries.  All  intercompany  transactions  have  been  eliminated.

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents

We consider money market funds and investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash

equivalents.

Restricted  cash  and  cash  equivalents

During the second quarter of 2013, approximately $60.3 million was placed in escrow in connection with the two
agreements we entered into to resolve our dispute with Countrywide Home Loans (‘‘CHL’’) and its affiliate, Bank of
America,  N.A.,  as  successor  to  Countrywide  Home  Loans  Servicing  LP  (‘‘BANA’’  and  collectively  with  CHL,
‘‘Countrywide’’)  regarding  rescissions.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013,  approximately  $42.9  million  was  released  from
escrow in connection with the BANA agreement and approximately $17.2 million remained in escrow in connection with
the CHL agreement as of December 31, 2014. In the first quarter of 2015, the remaining escrow funds were disbursed

74

Notes  (continued)

to us pursuant to the amended and restated settlement agreement and release entered into with CHL on March 2, 2015.
See  additional  discussion  of  these  settlement  agreements  in  Note  20  –  ‘‘Litigation  and  contingencies.’’

Reclassifications

Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  to  2014  and
2013 amounts to conform to the 2015 presentation. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 cash used for
additions to property and equipment was previously presented as ‘‘Other’’ within cash flows from operating activities
and is presented separately as ‘‘Additions to property and equipment’’ within cash flows from investing activities for the
year ended December 31, 2015. This revision is not material to amounts reported or disclosed by us in prior years.

Subsequent  Events

We have considered subsequent events through the date of this filing. Refer to Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ for disclosure of
debt  transactions  executed  subsequent  to  December  31,  2015  through  the  date  of  this  filing  and  also  Note  3  –
‘‘Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies’’  for  the  resulting  impact  on  potentially  dilutive  shares.

3.

Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies

Fair  value  measurements

To  determine  the  fair  value  of  securities  available-for-sale  in  Level  1  and  Level  2  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,
independent pricing sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data.
To  ensure  securities  are  appropriately  classified  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  we  review  the  pricing  techniques  and
methodologies of the independent pricing sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity,
either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality,
duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. A variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources
including  benchmark  yields,  reported  trades,  non-binding  broker/dealer  quotes,  issuer  spreads,  two  sided  markets,
benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including data published in market research publications. Inputs
may  be  weighted  differently  for  any  security,  and  not  all  inputs  are  used  for  each  security  evaluation.

Market  indicators,  industry  and  economic  events  are  also  considered.  This  information  is  evaluated  using  a
multidimensional pricing model. This model combines all inputs to arrive at a value assigned to each security. Quality
controls are performed by the independent pricing sources throughout this process, which include reviewing tolerance
reports,  trading  information,  data  changes,  and  directional  moves  compared  to  market  moves.  In  addition,  on  a
quarterly basis, we perform quality controls over values received from the pricing sources which also include reviewing
tolerance reports, trading information, data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. We have not
made  any  adjustments  to  the  prices  obtained  from  the  independent  pricing  sources.

In accordance with fair value guidance, we applied the following fair value hierarchy in order to measure fair value

for  assets  and  liabilities:

Level  1 – Quoted  prices  for  identical  instruments  in  active  markets  that  we  can  access.  Financial  assets  utilizing
Level 1 inputs primarily include U.S. Treasury securities, equity securities, and Australian government and
semi  government  securities.

75

Notes  (continued)

Level  2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in
markets that are not active; and inputs, other than quoted prices, that are observable in the marketplace for
the financial instrument. The observable inputs are used in valuation models to calculate the fair value of the
financial  instruments.  Financial  assets  utilizing  Level  2  inputs  primarily  include  obligations  of  U.S.
government  corporations  and  agencies,  corporate  bonds,  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  certain
municipal  bonds.

The  independent  pricing  sources  utilize  these  approaches  based  on  type  of  investment:

Corporate Debt & U.S. Government and Agency Bonds are evaluated by surveying the dealer community,
obtaining relevant trade data, benchmark quotes and spreads and incorporating this information into the
evaluation  process.

Obligations  of  U.S.  States  &  Political  Subdivisions  are  evaluated  by  tracking,  capturing,  and  analyzing
quotes for active issues and trades reported via the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board records. Daily
briefings and reviews of current economic conditions, trading levels, spread relationships, and the slope of
the  yield  curve  provide  further  data  for  evaluation.

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities are evaluated by monitoring interest rate movements, and other
pertinent  data  daily.  Incoming  market  data  is  enriched  to  derive  spread,  yield  and/or  price  data  as
appropriate,  enabling  known  data  points  to  be  extrapolated  for  valuation  application  across  a  range  of
related  securities.

Commercial  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  are  evaluated  using  valuation  techniques  that  reflect  market
participants’ assumptions and maximize the use of relevant observable inputs including quoted prices for
similar assets, benchmark yield curves and market corroborated inputs. Evaluation utilizes regular reviews
of the inputs for securities covered, including executed trades, broker quotes, credit information, collateral
attributes  and/or  cash  flow  waterfall  as  applicable.

Asset-Backed Securities are evaluated using spreads and other information solicited from market buy- and
sell-side  sources,  including  primary  and  secondary  dealers,  portfolio  managers,  and  research  analysts.
Cash  flows  are  generated  for  each  tranche,  benchmark  yields  are  determined,  and  deal  collateral
performance  and  tranche  level  attributes  including  market  color  as  available  are  used,  resulting  in
tranche-specific  spreads.

Level  3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are
unobservable  or  from  par  values  for  equity  securities  restricted  in  their  ability  to  be  redeemed  or  sold.
Level 3 inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing
an asset or liability. Financial assets utilizing Level 3 inputs primarily include equity securities that can only
be redeemed or sold at their par value and only to the security issuer and certain state premium tax credit
investments. Our non-financial assets that are classified as Level 3 securities consist of real estate acquired
through  claim  settlement.  The  fair  value  of  real  estate  acquired  is  the  lower  of  our  acquisition  cost  or  a
percentage  of  the  appraised  value.  The  percentage  applied  to  the  appraised  value  is  based  upon  our
historical  sales  experience  adjusted  for  current  trends.

Investments

Our entire investment portfolio is classified as available-for-sale and is reported at fair value or, for certain equity
securities carried at cost, amounts that approximate fair value. The related unrealized investment gains or losses are,

76

Notes  (continued)

after considering the related tax expense or benefit, recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. Realized investment gains and losses are reported in income based upon specific
identification  of  securities  sold.  (See  Note  6  –  ‘‘Investments.’’)

Each quarter we perform reviews of our investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below
is

In  evaluating  whether  a  decline 

amortized  cost  were  considered  other-than-temporary. 
other-than-temporary,  we  consider  several  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to:

fair  value 

in 

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)
(cid:129)

our intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security
before  recovery  of  its  amortized  cost  basis;
the present value of the discounted cash flows we expect to collect compared to the amortized cost basis of
the  security;
extent  and  duration  of  the  decline;
failure  of  the  issuer  to  make  scheduled  interest  or  principal  payments;
change  in  rating  below  investment  grade;  and
adverse  conditions  specifically  related  to  the  security,  an  industry,  or  a  geographic  area.

Based on our evaluation, we will record an other-than-temporary impairment adjustment on a security if we intend
to sell the impaired security, if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the impaired security prior to
recovery of its amortized cost basis, or if the present value of the discounted cash flows we expect to collect is less than
the amortized cost basis of the security. If the fair value of a security is below its amortized cost at the time of our intent
to sell, the security is classified as other-than-temporarily impaired and the full amount of the impairment is recognized
as  a  loss  in  the  statement  of  operations.  Otherwise,  when  a  security  is  considered  to  be  other-than-temporarily
impaired, the losses are separated into the portion of the loss that represents the credit loss and the portion that is due
to other factors. The credit loss portion is recognized as a loss in the statement of operations, while the loss due to other
factors is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes. A credit loss is determined to exist if the
present value of the discounted cash flows, using the security’s original yield, expected to be collected from the security
is  less  than  the  cost  basis  of  the  security.

Home  office  and  equipment

Home office and equipment is carried at cost net of depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is
determined on a straight-line basis for the home office, equipment and data processing hardware over estimated lives of
45,  5  and  3  years,  respectively.  For  income  tax  purposes,  we  use  accelerated  depreciation  methods.

Home  office  and  equipment  is  shown  net  of  accumulated  depreciation  of  $26.1  million,  $54.9  million  and
$53.0  million  as  of  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  Depreciation  expense  for  the  years  ended
December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013  was  $3.2  million,  $2.2  million  and  $1.8  million,  respectively.

Deferred  Insurance  Policy  Acquisition  Costs

Costs directly associated with the successful acquisition of mortgage insurance business, consisting of employee
compensation  and  other  policy  issuance  and  underwriting  expenses,  are  initially  deferred  and  reported  as  deferred
insurance policy acquisition costs (‘‘DAC’’). The deferred costs are net of any ceding commissions received associated
with  our  reinsurance  agreements.  For  each  underwriting  year  of  business,  these  costs  are  amortized  to  income  in
proportion to estimated gross profits over the estimated life of the policies. We utilize anticipated investment income in
our  calculation.  This  includes  accruing  interest  on  the  unamortized  balance  of  DAC.  The  estimates  for  each
underwriting year are reviewed quarterly and updated when necessary to reflect actual experience and any changes to
key variables such as persistency or loss development. If a premium deficiency exists (in other words, no gross profit is

77

Notes  (continued)

expected), we reduce the related DAC by the amount of the deficiency or to zero through a charge to current period
earnings. If the deficiency is more than the related DAC balance, we then establish a premium deficiency reserve equal
to  the  excess,  through  a  charge  to  current  period  earnings.

Loss  Reserves

Reserves are established for insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses when we receive notices of default
on insured mortgage loans. We consider a loan in default when it is two or more payments past due. Even though the
accounting standard, Accounting Standards Codification (‘‘ASC’’) 944, regarding accounting and reporting by insurance
entities specifically excludes mortgage insurance from its guidance relating to loss reserves, we establish loss reserves
using  the  general  principles  contained  in  the  insurance  standard.  However,  consistent  with  industry  standards  for
mortgage  insurers,  we  do  not  establish  loss  reserves  for  future  claims  on  insured  loans  which  are  not  currently  in
default. Loss reserves are established by estimating the number of loans in our inventory of delinquent loans that will
result in a claim payment, which is referred to as the claim rate, and further estimating the amount of the claim payment,
which is referred to as claim severity. Our loss estimates are established based upon historical experience, including
rescission and loan modification activity. Adjustments to reserve estimates are reflected in the financial statements in
the years in which the adjustments are made. The liability for reinsurance assumed is based on information provided by
the  ceding  companies.

Reserves are also established for estimated losses from defaults occurring prior to the close of an accounting
period  on  notices  of  default  not  yet  reported  to  us.  These  incurred  but  not  reported  (‘‘IBNR’’)  reserves  are  also
established  using  estimated  claim  rates  and  claim  severities.

Reserves also provide for the estimated costs of settling claims, including legal and other expenses and general
expenses of administering the claims settlement process. Reserves are also ceded to reinsurers under our reinsurance
agreements.  (See  Note  9  –  ‘‘Loss  Reserves’’  and  Note  11  –  ‘‘Reinsurance.’’)

Premium  Deficiency  Reserve

After  our  loss  reserves  are  initially  established,  we  perform  premium  deficiency  tests  using  our  best  estimate
assumptions as of the testing date. Premium deficiency reserves are established, if necessary, when the present value
of expected future losses and expenses exceeds the present value of expected future premium and already established
reserves.  The  discount  rate  used  in  the  calculation  of  the  premium  deficiency  reserve  is  based  upon  our  pre-tax
investment yield at year-end. Products are grouped for premium deficiency purposes based on similarities in the way
the  products  are  acquired,  serviced  and  measured  for  profitability.

Calculations of premium deficiency reserves require the use of significant judgments and estimates to determine
the present value of future premium and present value of expected losses and expenses on our business. The present
value  of  future  premium  relies  on,  among  other  factors,  assumptions  about  persistency  and  repayment  patterns  on
underlying loans. The present value of expected losses and expenses depends on assumptions relating to severity of
claims and claim rates on current defaults, and expected defaults in future periods. These assumptions also include an
estimate of expected rescission activity. Assumptions used in calculating the deficiency reserves can be affected by
volatility  in  the  current  housing  and  mortgage  lending  industries  and  these  effects  could  be  material.  To  the  extent
premium patterns and actual loss experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating the premium deficiency
reserves, the differences between the actual results and our estimate will affect future period earnings. (See Note 10 –
‘‘Premium  Deficiency  Reserve.’’)

78

Notes  (continued)

Revenue  Recognition

We write policies which are guaranteed renewable contracts at the insured’s option on a monthly, single, or annual
premium basis. We have no ability to reunderwrite or reprice these contracts. Premiums written on monthly premium
policies are earned as coverage is provided. Premiums written on single premium policies and annual premium policies
are  initially  deferred  as  unearned  premium  reserve  and  earned  over  the  policy  life.  Premiums  written  on  policies
covering more than one year are amortized over the policy life in relationship to the anticipated incurred loss pattern
based on historical experience. Premiums written on annual premium policies are earned on a monthly pro rata basis.
When a policy is cancelled for a reason other than rescission or claim payment, all premium that is non-refundable is
immediately  earned.  Any  refundable  premium  is  returned  to  the  servicer  or  borrower.  Cancellations  also  include
rescissions and policies cancelled due to claim payment. When a policy is rescinded, all previously collected premium is
returned to the servicer and when a claim is paid we return any premium received since the date of default. The liability
associated with our estimate of premium to be returned is accrued for separately and included in ‘‘Other liabilities’’ on
our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  When  a  premium  deficiency  exists  a  separate  component  of  the  premium  refund
liability is included in ‘‘Premium deficiency reserves’’ on our consolidated balance sheets. Changes in these liabilities
affect  premiums  written  and  earned  and  change  in  premium  deficiency  reserve,  respectively.  The  actual  return  of
premium for all periods affects premiums written and earned. Policy cancellations also lower the persistency rate which
is  a  variable  used  in  calculating  the  rate  of  amortization  of  deferred  insurance  policy  acquisition  costs.

Fee income of our non-insurance subsidiaries is earned and recognized as the services are provided and the
customer is obligated to pay. Fee income consists primarily of contract underwriting and related fee-based services
provided  to  lenders  and  is  included  in  ‘‘Other  revenue’’  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.

Income  Taxes

Deferred  income  taxes  are  provided  under  the  liability  method,  which  recognizes  the  future  tax  effects  of
temporary differences between amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of these items. The
expected tax effects are computed at the enacted regular federal tax rate. Using this method, we have recorded a net
deferred tax asset primarily due to net operating losses incurred in prior years. On a quarterly basis, we review the need
to  maintain  a  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  as  an  offset  to  the  net  deferred  tax  asset,  before  valuation
allowance. We analyze several factors, among which are the severity and frequency of operating losses, our capacity
for the carryback or carryforward of any losses, the existence and current level of taxable operating income, operating
results on a three year cumulative basis, the expected occurrence of future income or loss, the expiration dates of the
carryforwards, the cyclical nature of our operating results, and available tax planning strategies. Based on our analysis,
we reduced our benefit from income tax through the recognition of a valuation allowance from the first quarter of 2009
through  the  second  quarter  of  2015.  In  the  third  quarter  of  2015,  as  discussed  in  Note  14  –  ‘‘Income  Taxes,’’  we
concluded that it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be fully realizable and that the valuation
allowance  was  no  longer  necessary.  Therefore,  we  reversed  the  valuation  allowance.

We provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based on our assessment of whether

a  tax  benefit  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  under  any  examination  by  taxing  authorities.

Benefit  Plans

We  have  a  non-contributory  defined  benefit  pension  plan  covering  substantially  all  employees,  as  well  as  a
supplemental  executive  retirement  plan.  Retirement  benefits  are  based  on  compensation  and  years  of  service.  We
recognize these retirement benefit costs over the period during which employees render the service that qualifies them
for benefits. Our policy is to fund pension cost as required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

79

Notes  (continued)

We offer both medical and dental benefits for retired domestic employees, their eligible spouses and dependents
until  the  retiree  reaches  the  age  of  65.  Under  the  plan  retirees  pay  a  premium  for  these  benefits.  We  accrue  the
estimated costs of retiree medical and dental benefits over the period during which employees render the service that
qualifies  them  for  benefits.  (See  Note  13  –  ‘‘Benefit  Plans.’’)

Reinsurance

Loss reserves and unearned premiums are reported before taking credit for amounts ceded under reinsurance
agreements.  Ceded  loss  reserves  are  reflected  as  ‘‘Reinsurance  recoverable  on  loss  reserves.’’  Ceded  unearned
premiums are reflected as ‘‘Prepaid reinsurance premiums.’’ Amounts due from reinsurers on paid claims are reflected
as ‘‘Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses.’’ Ceded premiums payable are included in ‘‘Other liabilities.’’ Any profit
commissions  are  included  with  ‘‘Premiums  written  –  Ceded’’  and  any  ceding  commissions  are  included  with  ‘‘Other
underwriting and operating expenses, net.’’ We remain liable for all insurance ceded. (See Note 11 – ‘‘Reinsurance.’’)

Foreign  Currency  Translation

Assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated at the year-end exchange rates. Operating
results  are  translated  at  average  rates  of  exchange  prevailing  during  the  year.  Unrealized  gains  and  losses,  net  of
deferred taxes, resulting from translation are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity.
Gains and losses resulting from transactions in a foreign currency are recorded in current period net income (loss) at
the  rate  on  the  transaction  date.

Share-Based  Compensation

We have certain share-based compensation plans. Under the fair value method, compensation cost is measured
at  the  grant  date  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  award  and  is  recognized  over  the  service  period  which  generally
corresponds  to  the  vesting  period.  The  fair  value  of  awards  classified  as  liabilities  is  remeasured  at  each  reporting
period until the award is settled. Awards under our plans generally vest over periods ranging from one to three years.
(See  Note  18  –  ‘‘Share-based  Compensation  Plans.’’)

Earnings  per  Share

Basic earnings per share (‘‘EPS’’) is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of
shares  of  common  stock  outstanding.  Diluted  EPS  includes  the  components  of  basic  EPS  and  also  gives  effect  to
dilutive common stock equivalents. We calculate diluted EPS using the treasury stock method and if-converted method.
Under the treasury stock method, diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if unvested restricted stock
units or granted stock options result in the issuance of common stock. Under the if-converted method, diluted EPS
reflects the potential dilution that could occur if our convertible debt instruments result in the issuance of common stock.
The determination of potentially issuable shares does not consider the satisfaction of the conversion requirements and
the shares are included in the determination of diluted EPS as of the beginning of the period, if dilutive. We have several
debt  issuances  that  could  potentially  result  in  contingently  issuable  shares  and  consider  each  potential  issuance  of
shares separately to reflect the maximum potential dilution. Accordingly, our dilutive common stock equivalents may not
reflect  all  of  the  contingently  issuable  shares  that  could  be  required  to  be  issued  upon  any  debt  conversion.  For
purposes  of  calculating  basic  and  diluted  EPS,  vested  restricted  stock  and  restricted  stock  units  are  considered
outstanding.

GAAP  requires  unvested  share-based  compensation  awards  that  contain  non-forfeitable  rights  to  dividends  or
dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid, to be treated as participating securities and included in the computation of
EPS  pursuant  to  the  two-class  method.  Our  participating  securities  are  composed  of  vested  restricted  stock  and

80

Notes  (continued)

restricted stock units with non-forfeitable rights to dividends. There have been no dividends declared by us since the
issuance  of  these  participating  securities  and  there  has  been  no  reduction  to  net  income  available  to  common
shareholders.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  participating  securities  of  0.1  million  have  been
included in basic EPS, respectively, and 0.1 million have been excluded for the year ended December 31, 2013 as they
were  anti-dilutive  due  to  our  net  loss.

The computation of diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 include the weighted average
unvested restricted stock units outstanding of 2.1 million and 3.1 million, respectively. As a result of reporting a net loss
in 2013, unvested restricted stock awards were anti-dilutive for the year and accordingly not included in the computation
of  diluted  weighted  average  shares.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, all of our outstanding Convertible Senior Notes and Convertible Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  are  reflected  in  diluted  earnings  per  share  using  the  ‘‘if-converted’’  method.  Under  this
method, if dilutive, the common stock related to the outstanding Convertible Senior Notes and/or Convertible Junior
Debentures is assumed issued as of the beginning of the reporting period and the related interest expense, net of tax, is
added  back  to  earnings  in  calculating  diluted  EPS.

The  following  table  reconciles  basic  and  diluted  EPS  amounts:

Years  Ended  December  31,

2015

2014
(In  thousands,  except  per  share  data)

2013

Basic  earnings  (loss)  per  share:

Net  income  (loss)

Weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding

Basic  income  (loss)  per  share

Diluted  earnings  (loss)  per  share:

$ 1,172,000

339,552

$

3.45

$

$

251,949

338,523

0.74

$

$

(49,848)

311,754

(0.16)

Net  income  (loss)

$ 1,172,000

$

251,949

$

(49,848)

Interest  expense,  net  of  tax(1):
2%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2020
5%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2017
9%  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  due  2063

7,928
12,228
22,786

12,197
–
–

–
–
–

Diluted  income  available  to  common  shareholders

$ 1,214,942

$

264,146

$

(49,848)

Weighted-average  shares  –  Basic
Effect  of  dilutive  securities:
Unvested  restricted  stock  units
2%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2020
5%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2017
9%  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  due  2063

Weighted-average  shares  –  Diluted

Diluted  income  (loss)  per  share

Anti-dilutive  securities  (in  millions)

339,552

338,523

311,754

2,113
71,917
25,603
28,854

3,082
71,917
–
–

–
–
–
–

468,039

413,522

311,754

$

2.60

$

–

$

0.64

54.5

(0.16)

130.1

(1) The  year  ended  December  31,  2015  has  been  tax  effected  at  a  rate  of  35%.  Due  to  the  valuation  allowance

recorded  against  deferred  tax  assets  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  was  not  tax  effected.

81

Notes  (continued)

As discussed in Note 8 – ‘‘Debt,’’ we purchased $127.7 million par value of our 5% Convertible Senior Notes due
May  2017  (‘‘5%  Notes’’)  and  MGIC  purchased  $132.7  million  par  value  of  our  9%  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated
Debentures  due  April  2063  (‘‘9%  Debentures’’)  in  the  first  quarter  of  2016  through  the  date  of  this  filing.  These
purchases effectively retired the debt instruments for GAAP accounting purposes. The purchases of the 5% Notes and
9% Debentures reduced our potentially dilutive shares by approximately 9.5 million and 9.8 million shares, respectively.

4.

New  Accounting  Policies

In January 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’) issued updated guidance to address the
recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of certain financial instruments. The updated guidance requires
equity investments, except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, that have a readily determinable
fair value to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. Equity investments that do
not have readily determinable fair values may be remeasured at fair value either upon the occurrence of an observable
price change or upon identification of an impairment. A qualitative assessment for impairment is required for equity
investments without readily determinable fair values. The updated guidance also eliminates the requirement to disclose
the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized
cost on the balance sheet. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017,
including interim periods within those annual periods and will require recognition of a cumulative effect adjustment at
adoption.  We  do  not  currently  expect  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  to  impact  our  financial  position  or  liquidity.

In May 2015, the FASB issued updated guidance requiring expanded disclosures for insurance entities that issue
short-duration contracts. The expanded disclosures are designed to provide additional insight into an insurance entity’s
ability to underwrite and anticipate costs associated with claims. The disclosures include information about incurred and
paid  claims  development,  on  a  net  of  reinsurance  basis,  for  the  number  of  years  claims  incurred  typically  remain
outstanding, not to exceed ten years. Each period presented in the disclosure about claims development that precedes
the current reporting periods is considered supplementary information. The expanded disclosures also include more
transparent information about significant changes in methodologies and assumptions used to estimate claims, and the
timing,  frequency,  and  severity  of  claims.  The  disclosures  required  by  this  update  are  effective  for  annual  periods
beginning after December 31, 2015, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 31, 2016, and
is  to  be  applied  retrospectively.  We  are  evaluating  the  impact,  if  any,  of  the  new  disclosure  requirements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued updated guidance related to the presentation of debt issuance costs. The new
standard requires the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount
of the related debt liability instead of a deferred charge. It is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning
after  December  15,  2015,  but  early  adoption  is  permitted.  As  of  December  31,  2015  debt  issuance  costs  of
approximately  $11  million  associated  with  our  Convertible  Senior  Notes  are  recorded  in  ‘‘Other  assets’’  on  the
consolidated  balance  sheet.  We  will  adopt  this  amended  guidance  in  the  first  quarter  of  2016.

In  June  2014,  the  FASB  issued  updated  guidance  to  resolve  diversity  in  practice  concerning  employee
shared-based compensation that contains performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period.
The  updated  guidance  requires  that  a  performance  target  that  affects  vesting  and  that  can  be  achieved  after  the
requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period
in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost
attributable to the periods for which service has been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being
achieved  before  the  end  of  the  service  period,  the  remaining  unrecognized  compensation  cost  for  which  requisite
service has not yet been rendered is recognized prospectively over the remaining service period. The total amount of
compensation  cost  recognized  during  and  after  the  service  period  should  reflect  the  number  of  awards  that  are
expected to vest and should be adjusted to reflect those awards that ultimately vest. This updated guidance is effective
for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of
2016, which will likely reduce the service periods utilized to recognize expense on certain share-based compensation

82

Notes  (continued)

awards granted in 2016 relative to the service period in the grant terms. The impact is not expected to be material to our
consolidated  financial  statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued updated guidance to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue. While insurance
contracts are not within the scope of this updated guidance, our fee income related to contract underwriting and other
fee-based services provided to lenders will be subject to this guidance. The updated guidance requires an entity to
recognize revenue as performance obligations are met, in order to reflect the transfer of promised goods or services to
customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity is entitled to receive for those goods or services. The
guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash
flows arising from customer contracts. The guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15,
2017  with  early  adoption  for  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2016  permitted.  We  are  currently
evaluating  the  impact  of  this  update,  but  it  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial
statements  and  disclosures.

5.

Related  Party  Transactions

There  were  no  related  party  transactions  during  2015,  2014  or  2013.

6.

Investments

The  amortized  cost,  gross  unrealized  gains  and  losses  and  fair  value  of  the  investment  portfolio  as  of

December  31,  2015  and  2014  are  shown  below:

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses(1)

(In  thousands)

Fair
Value

December  31,  2015

U.S.  Treasury  securities  and  obligations  of  U.S.

government  corporations  and  agencies

$

Obligations  of  U.S.  states  and  political  subdivisions
Corporate  debt  securities
Asset-backed  securities
Residential  mortgage-backed  securities
Commercial  mortgage-backed  securities
Collateralized  loan  obligations
Debt  securities  issued  by  foreign  sovereign

governments

Total  debt  securities
Equity  securities

$

160,393
1,766,407
2,046,697
116,764
265,879
237,304
61,345

29,359

4,684,148
5,625

$

2,133
33,410
2,836
56
161
162
3

2,474

41,235
38

(1,942) $
(7,290)
(44,770)
(203)
(8,392)
(3,975)
(1,148)

160,584
1,792,527
2,004,763
116,617
257,648
233,491
60,200

(102)

(67,822)
(18)

31,731

4,657,561
5,645

Total  investment  portfolio

$ 4,689,773

$

41,273

$

(67,840) $ 4,663,206

83

Notes  (continued)

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses(1)

(In  thousands)

Fair
Value

December  31,  2014

U.S.  Treasury  securities  and  obligations  of  U.S.

government  corporations  and  agencies

$

Obligations  of  U.S.  states  and  political  subdivisions
Corporate  debt  securities
Asset-backed  securities
Residential  mortgage-backed  securities
Commercial  mortgage-backed  securities
Collateralized  loan  obligations
Debt  securities  issued  by  foreign  sovereign

governments

Total  debt  securities
Equity  securities

$

349,153
844,942
2,418,991
286,260
329,983
276,215
61,340

35,630

4,602,514
3,003

$

2,752
12,961
16,325
535
254
1,221
–

3,540

37,588
61

(5,130) $
(2,761)
(10,035)
(140)
(9,000)
(2,158)
(1,264)

346,775
855,142
2,425,281
286,655
321,237
275,278
60,076

–

(30,488)
(9)

39,170

4,609,614
3,055

Total  investment  portfolio

$ 4,605,517

$

37,649

$

(30,497) $ 4,612,669

(1) There  were  no  other-than-temporary  impairment  losses  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  as  of

December  31,  2015  and  2014.

Our  foreign  investments  primarily  consist  of  the  investment  portfolio  supporting  our  Australian  domiciled
subsidiary. The portfolio is comprised of Australian government and semi government securities, representing 87% of
the market value of our foreign investments with the remaining 7% invested in corporate securities and 6% in cash
equivalents. Eighty-nine percent of the Australian portfolio is rated AAA, by one or more of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s
and Fitch Ratings, and the remaining 11% is rated AA. As of December 31, 2015, the investment portfolio fair value in
our  Australian  operations  was  approximately  $34  million.

The amortized cost and fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2015, by contractual maturity, are shown
below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Because most asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities

84

Notes  (continued)

and collateralized loan obligations provide for periodic payments throughout their lives, they are listed below in separate
categories.

December  31,  2015

Due  in  one  year  or  less
Due  after  one  year  through  five  years
Due  after  five  years  through  ten  years
Due  after  ten  years

Asset-backed  securities
Residential  mortgage-backed  securities
Commercial  mortgage-backed  securities
Collateralized  loan  obligations

Total  as  of  December  31,  2015

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

(In  thousands)

$

280,697
1,450,854
1,207,011
1,064,294

4,002,856

$

281,063
1,450,315
1,176,468
1,081,759

3,989,605

116,764
265,879
237,304
61,345

116,617
257,648
233,491
60,200

$ 4,684,148

$ 4,657,561

At  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  the  investment  portfolio  had  gross  unrealized  losses  of  $67.8  million  and
$30.5 million, respectively. For those securities in an unrealized loss position, the length of time the securities were in
such  a  position,  as  measured  by  their  month-end  fair  values,  is  as  follows:

Less  Than  12  Months

12  Months  or  Greater

Total

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

(In  thousands)

December  31,  2015

U.S.  Treasury  securities  and

obligations  of  U.S.  government
corporations  and  agencies
Obligations  of  U.S.  states  and

political  subdivisions
Corporate  debt  securities
Asset-backed  securities
Residential  mortgage-backed

securities

Commercial  mortgage-backed

securities

Collateralized  loan  obligations
Debt  securities  issued  by  foreign

sovereign  governments

Equity  securities

$

60,548 $

(1,467) $

1,923 $

(475) $

62,471 $

(1,942)

417,615
1,470,628
86,604

(6,404)
(38,519)
(173)

37,014
114,982
5,546

(886)
(6,251)
(30)

454,629
1,585,610
92,150

(7,290)
(44,770)
(203)

35,064

(312)

209,882

(8,080)

244,946

(8,392)

134,488
–

(2,361)
–

69,927
51,750

(1,614)
(1,148)

204,415
51,750

4,463
355

(102)
(8)

–
171

–
(10)

4,463
526

(3,975)
(1,148)

(102)
(18)

Total  investment  portfolio

$ 2,209,765 $

(49,346) $ 491,195 $

(18,494) $ 2,700,960 $

(67,840)

85

Notes  (continued)

Less  Than  12  Months

12  Months  or  Greater

Total

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

(In  thousands)

$

58,166 $

(138) $ 232,351 $

(4,992) $ 290,517 $

(5,130)

166,408
816,555
54,491

24,168

89,301
–

–
167

(1,066)
(5,259)
(80)

114,465
243,208
11,895

(1,695)
(4,776)
(60)

280,873
1,059,763
66,386

(2,761)
(10,035)
(140)

(34)

263,002

(8,966)

287,170

(9,000)

(810)
–

110,652
60,076

(1,348)
(1,264)

199,953
60,076

(2,158)
(1,264)

–
(1)

–
235

–
(8)

–
402

–
(9)

December  31,  2014

U.S.  Treasury  securities  and

obligations  of  U.S.  government
corporations  and  agencies
Obligations  of  U.S.  states  and

political  subdivisions
Corporate  debt  securities
Asset-backed  securities
Residential  mortgage-backed

securities

Commercial  mortgage-backed

securities

Collateralized  loan  obligations
Debt  securities  issued  by  foreign

sovereign  governments

Equity  securities

Total  investment  portfolio

$ 1,209,256 $

(7,388) $ 1,035,884 $

(23,109) $ 2,245,140 $

(30,497)

The unrealized losses in all categories of our investments as of December 31, 2015 were primarily caused by the
difference in interest rates at December 31, 2015 compared to interest rates at the time of purchase. There were 303
and 423 securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31,
2015,  the  fair  value  as  a  percent  of  amortized  cost  of  the  securities  in  an  unrealized  loss  position  was  98%  and
approximately  15%  of  the  securities  in  an  unrealized  loss  position  were  backed  by  the  U.S.  Government.

There were no other-than-temporary impairment (‘‘OTTI’’) losses in earnings during 2015. We recognized OTTI

losses  of  $0.1  million  and  $0.3  million  during  2014  and  2013,  respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, there were no credit losses recognized in earnings for

which  a  portion  of  an  OTTI  loss  was  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss.

The  source  of  net  investment  income  is  as  follows:

Fixed  maturities
Equity  securities
Cash  equivalents
Other

Investment  income
Investment  expenses

Net  investment  income

$

2015

105,882
208
191
455

2014
(In  thousands)
89,437
$
227
179
711

$

106,736
(2,995)

90,554
(2,907)

2013

82,168
229
353
675

83,425
(2,686)

$

103,741

$

87,647

$

80,739

86

Notes  (continued)

The net realized investment gains, including impairment losses, and change in net unrealized gains (losses) of

investments  are  as  follows:

Net  realized  investment  gains  on  investments:
Fixed  maturities
Equity  securities
Other

Total  net  realized  investment  gains

Change  in  net  unrealized  gains  (losses):
Fixed  maturities
Equity  securities
Other

Total  (decrease)  increase  in  net  unrealized  gains/losses

2015

2014
(In  thousands)

2013

$

28,335
26
–

$

1,000
356
1

3,274
1,068
1,389

28,361

$

1,357

$

5,731

(33,687) $
(32)
–

91,718
66
–

$ (126,020)
(153)
–

(33,719) $

91,784

$ (126,173)

$

$

$

$

The  gross  realized  gains,  gross  realized  losses  and  impairment  losses  are  as  follows:

Gross  realized  gains
Gross  realized  losses
Other-than-temporary-impairment  losses

2015

$

30,039
(1,678)
–

2014
(In  thousands)
4,966
$
(3,465)
(144)

2013

$

11,043
(4,984)
(328)

Net  realized  gains  on  securities

$

28,361

$

1,357

$

5,731

We  had  $18.9  million  and  $20.2  million  of  investments  at  fair  value  on  deposit  with  various  states  as  of
December  31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively,  due  to  regulatory  requirements  of  those  state  insurance  departments.

87

Notes  (continued)

7.

Fair  Value  Measurements

Assets measured at fair value included those listed, by hierarchy level, in the following tables as of December 31,

2015  and  2014:

December  31,  2015

U.S.  Treasury  securities  and  obligations  of

U.S.  government  corporations  and
agencies

Obligations  of  U.S.  states  and  political

subdivisions

Corporate  debt  securities
Asset-backed  securities
Residential  mortgage-backed  securities
Commercial  mortgage-backed  securities
Collateralized  loan  obligations
Debt  securities  issued  by  foreign  sovereign

governments

Total  debt  securities
Equity  securities(1)

Total  investments

Real  estate  acquired(2)

Fair
Value

Quoted  Prices  in
Active  Markets
for  Identical
Assets  (Level  1)

Significant  Other
Observable
Inputs  (Level  2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs  (Level  3)

(In  thousands)

$

160,584

$

46,197

$

114,387

$

1,792,527
2,004,763
116,617
257,648
233,491
60,200

31,731

4,657,561
5,645

4,663,206

12,149

$

$

–
–
–
–
–
–

31,731

77,928
2,790

80,718

–

$

$

$

$

1,791,299
2,004,763
116,617
257,648
233,491
60,200

–

4,578,405
–

4,578,405

–

$

$

–

1,228
–
–
–
–
–

–

1,228
2,855

4,083

12,149

88

Notes  (continued)

Quoted  Prices
in  Active
Markets  for
Identical  Assets
(Level  1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs  (Level  2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs  (Level  3)

Fair
Value

(In  thousands)

December  31,  2014
U.S.  Treasury  securities  and  obligations  of

U.S.  government  corporations  and
agencies

Obligations  of  U.S.  states  and  political

subdivisions

Corporate  debt  securities
Asset-backed  securities
Residential  mortgage-backed  securities
Commercial  mortgage-backed  securities
Collateralized  loan  obligations
Debt  securities  issued  by  foreign  sovereign

governments

Total  debt  securities
Equity  securities(1)

Total  investments

Real  estate  acquired(2)

$

346,775

$

188,824

$

157,951

$

855,142
2,425,281
286,655
321,237
275,278
60,076

39,170

4,609,614
3,055

4,612,669

12,658

$

$

–
–
–
–
–
–

39,170

227,994
2,734

230,728

–

$

$

$

$

853,296
2,425,281
286,655
321,237
275,278
60,076

–

4,379,774
–

4,379,774

–

$

$

–

1,846
–
–
–
–
–

–

1,846
321

2,167

12,658

(1) Equity  securities  in  Level  3  are  carried  at  cost,  which  approximates  fair  value.

(2) Real  estate  acquired  through  claim  settlement,  which  is  held  for  sale,  is  reported  in  other  assets  on  the

consolidated  balance  sheets.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reconciliation of
the beginning and ending balances for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 is shown in the following
tables. There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 in those years and there we no losses included in earnings for
those  years  attributable  to  the  change  in  unrealized  losses  on  assets  still  held  at  the  end  of  each  applicable  year.

Balance  at  December  31,  2014
Total  realized/unrealized  gains  (losses):
Included  in  earnings  and  reported  as  losses  incurred,  net
Purchases
Sales

Obligations  of
U.S.  States
and  Political
Subdivisions

$

1,846 $

Equity
Securities

Total
Investments

Real  Estate
Acquired

(In  thousands)
321 $

2,167 $

12,658

–
7
(625)

–
2,534
–

–
2,541
(625)

(2,322)
34,624
(32,811)

Balance  at  December  31,  2015

$

1,228 $

2,855 $

4,083 $

12,149

89

Notes  (continued)

Balance  at  December  31,  2013
Total  realized/unrealized  gains  (losses):
Included  in  earnings  and  reported  as  losses  incurred,  net
Purchases
Sales

Obligations  of
U.S.  States
and  Political
Subdivisions

$

2,423 $

Equity
Securities

Total
Investments

Real  Estate
Acquired

(In  thousands)
321 $

2,744 $

13,280

–
30
(607)

–
–
–

–
30
(607)

(4,129)
42,247
(38,740)

Balance  at  December  31,  2014

$

1,846 $

321 $

2,167 $

12,658

Balance  at  December  31,  2012
Total  realized/unrealized  gains  (losses):
Included  in  earnings  and  reported  as  realized

investment  gains  (losses),  net

Included  in  earnings  and  reported  as  losses

incurred,  net

Included  in  other  comprehensive  income
Purchases
Sales

Obligations  of
U.S.  States
and  Political
Subdivisions

Corporate
Debt
Securities

Equity
Securities
(In  thousands)

Total
Investments

Real  Estate
Acquired

$

3,130 $

17,114 $

321 $

20,565 $

3,463

–

(225)

–
–
30
(737)

–
–
–
(16,889)

–

–
–
–
–

(225)

–

–
–
30
(17,626)

(4,959)
–
39,188
(24,412)

Balance  at  December  31,  2013

$

2,423 $

– $

321 $

2,744 $

13,280

Authoritative guidance over disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments requires additional disclosure
for financial instruments not measured at fair value. Certain financial instruments, including insurance contracts, are
excluded from these fair value disclosure requirements. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents (Level 1) and
accrued  investment  income  (Level  2)  approximated  their  fair  values.

As of December 31, 2015, the majority of the $4.1 million balance of Level 3 securities are equity securities that
can only be redeemed or sold at their par value and only to the security issuer, with the remainder of the balance held in
state premium tax credit investments. The state premium tax credit investments have an average maturity of less than
5 years and credit ratings of AA+ or higher, and their balance reflects their remaining scheduled payments discounted at
an average annual rate of 7.2%. As of December 31, 2014 the majority of our Level 3 securities were state premium tax
credit  investments.  During  2013  we  sold  our  remaining  auction  rate  securities.

Additional  fair  value  disclosures  related  to  our  investment  portfolio  are  included  in  Note  6  –  ‘‘Investments.’’

We incur financial liabilities in the normal course of our business. The following tables present the carrying value
and fair value of our financial liabilities disclosed, but not carried, at fair value at December 31, 2015 and 2014. The fair
values  of  our  Senior  Notes,  Convertible  Senior  Notes  and  Convertible  Junior  Debentures  were  determined  using

90

Notes  (continued)

available pricing for these notes, debentures, or similar instruments and they are categorized as Level 2 as described in
Note  3  –  ‘‘Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  –  Fair  Value  Measurements.’’

December  31,  2015
Financial  liabilities:
Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2017
Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2020
Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  due  2063

Total  financial  liabilities

December  31,  2014
Financial  liabilities:
Senior  Notes
Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2017
Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2020
Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  due  2063

Total  financial  liabilities

Par  Value

Fair  Value

(In  thousands)

$

333,503 $
500,000
389,522

345,616
701,955
455,067

$ 1,223,025 $ 1,502,638

$

61,953 $
345,000
500,000
389,522

63,618
387,997
735,075
500,201

$ 1,296,475 $ 1,686,891

The Convertible Senior Notes and Convertible Junior Debentures are obligations of our holding company, MGIC
Investment Corporation, and not of its subsidiaries. At December 31, 2015, we had approximately $402 million in cash
and investments at our holding company. The net unrealized losses on our holding company investment portfolio were
approximately $2.7 million at December 31, 2015. The modified duration of the holding company investment portfolio,
excluding  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  was  3.1  years  at  December  31,  2015.

8.

Debt

Long-term  debt  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014  consisted  of  the  following  obligations.

Senior  Notes,  interest  at  5.375%  per  annum,  due  November  2015
Convertible  Senior  Notes,  interest  at  5%  per  annum,  due  May  2017
Convertible  Senior  Notes,  interest  at  2%  per  annum,  due  April  2020
Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  interest  at  9%  per  annum,  due  April

$

2063

Total  debt
Less  current  portion  of  debt

Total  long-term  debt

December  31,

2015

2014

(In  millions)

$

–
333.5
500.0

389.5

1,223.0
–

61.9
345.0
500.0

389.5

1,296.4
(61.9)

$

1,223.0

$

1,234.5

91

Notes  (continued)

Interest  payments  on  our  debt  obligations  existing  during  2015  and  2014  appear  below.

Senior  Notes,  interest  at  5.375%  per  annum,  due  November  2015
Convertible  Senior  Notes,  interest  at  5%  per  annum,  due  May  2017
Convertible  Senior  Notes,  interest  at  2%  per  annum,  due  April  2020
Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures,  interest  at  9%  per  annum,  due  April

2063

Total  interest  payments

5.375%  Senior  Notes  –  due  November  2015

Years  Ended  December  31,

2015

2014

$

(In  millions)
3.3
17.3
10.0

35.1

65.7

$

3.6
17.3
10.0

35.1

66.0

$

$

As of December 31, 2014 we had outstanding $61.9 million of 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015, which
we repaid with cash at the holding company on November 2, 2015. Interest on these notes was payable semi-annually
in arrears on May 1 and November 1 each year. The repayment of our Senior Notes had no material impact on our
financial  position  or  liquidity.

5%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  –  due  May  2017

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 we had outstanding $333.5 million and $345.0 million, respectively, principal
amount of 5% Convertible Senior Notes due in May 2017. During 2015 we repurchased $11.5 million of par value and
paid total cash consideration of $12 million. We funded the purchases with cash at the holding company. Our purchases
of  the  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2017  resulted  in  a  pretax  charge  of  approximately  $0.5  million.

Interest on the 5% Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The 5%
Notes will mature on May 1, 2017. The 5% Notes are convertible, at the holder’s option, at an initial conversion rate,
which is subject to adjustment, of 74.4186 shares per $1,000 principal amount at any time prior to the maturity date.
This represents an initial conversion price of approximately $13.44 per share. These 5% Notes will be equal in right of
payment to our other senior debt and will be senior in right of payment to our Convertible Junior Debentures. Debt
issuance  costs  are  being  amortized  to  interest  expense  over  the  contractual  life  of  the  5%  Notes.

The provisions of the 5% Notes are complex. Covenants in the 5% Notes include a requirement to notify holders in
advance of certain events and that we and the designated subsidiaries preserve our corporate existence, rights and
franchises unless we or any such subsidiary determines that such preservation is no longer necessary in the conduct of
its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous to the 5% Notes. A designated subsidiary is any of our
consolidated  subsidiaries  which  has  shareholders’  equity  of  at  least  15%  of  our  consolidated  shareholders’  equity.
Further, the notes are subject to the indenture between us and the trustee that, among other terms, includes provisions
that would constitute an event of default under the indenture. Upon such a default, the trustee could accelerate the
maturity  of  the  notes  independent  of  any  action  by  holders  of  the  5%  Notes.  This  description  is  not  intended  to  be
complete in all respect and is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the 5% Notes, including their covenants and events
of  default.  We  were  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  at  December  31,  2015.

2%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  –  due  April  2020

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had outstanding $500 million principal amount of 2% Convertible Senior
Notes due in 2020 which we issued in March 2013. We received net proceeds of approximately $484.6 million after

92

Notes  (continued)

deducting underwriting discount and offering expenses. See Note 15 – ’’Shareholders’ Equity’’ for information regarding
the use of such proceeds. Interest on the 2% Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each
year. The 2% Notes will mature on April 1, 2020, unless earlier repurchased by us or converted. Prior to January 1,
2020, the 2% Convertible Senior Notes are convertible only upon satisfaction of one or more conditions. One such
condition  is  that  during  any  calendar  quarter  commencing  after  March  31,  2014,  the  last  reported  sale  price  of  our
common stock for each of at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the
last  trading  day  of  the  immediately  preceding  calendar  quarter  be  greater  than  or  equal  to  130%  of  the  applicable
conversion price on each applicable trading day. The 2% Notes are convertible at an initial conversion rate, which is
subject to adjustment, of 143.8332 shares per $1,000 principal amount. This represents an initial conversion price of
approximately $6.95 per share. 130% of such  conversion price is $9.03. On or after January 1, 2020, holders may
convert their notes irrespective of satisfaction of the conditions. These 2% Notes will be equal in right of payment to our
other senior debt and will be senior in right of payment to our Convertible Junior Debentures. Debt issuance costs will
be amortized to interest expense over the contractual life of the 2% Notes. Prior to April 10, 2017, the notes will not be
redeemable. On any business day on or after April 10, 2017 we may redeem for cash all or part of the notes, at our
option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus any accrued and
unpaid interest, if the closing sale price of our common stock exceeds 130% of the then prevailing conversion price of
the  notes  for  at  least  20  of  the  30  trading  days  preceding  notice  of  the  redemption.

The provisions of the 2% Notes are complex. Covenants in the 2% Notes include a requirement to notify holders in
advance  of  certain  events  and  that  we  and  the  designated  subsidiaries  (defined  above)  preserve  our  corporate
existence,  rights  and  franchises  unless  we  or  any  such  subsidiary  determines  that  such  preservation  is  no  longer
necessary in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous to the 2% Notes. Further, the
notes are subject to the indenture between us and the trustee that, among other terms, includes provisions that would
constitute an event of default under the indenture. Upon such a default, the trustee could accelerate the maturity of the
notes  independent  of  any  action  by  holders  of  the  2%  Notes.  This  description  is  not  intended  to  be  complete  in  all
respect and is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the 2% Notes, including their covenants and events of default. We
were  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  at  December  31,  2015.

9%  Convertible  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  –  due  April  2063

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 we had outstanding $389.5 million principal amount of 9% Convertible Junior
Subordinated Debentures due in 2063. The 9% Debentures are currently convertible, at the holder’s option, at an initial
conversion rate, which is subject to adjustment, of 74.0741 common shares per $1,000 principal amount of the 9%
Debentures at any time prior to the maturity date. This represents an initial conversion price of approximately $13.50
per  share.  If  a  holder  elects  to  convert  their  9%  Debentures,  deferred  interest  owed  on  the  9%  Debentures  being
converted is also converted into shares of our common stock. The conversion rate for any deferred interest is based on
the average price that our shares traded at during a 5-day period immediately prior to the election to convert. In lieu of
issuing shares of common stock upon conversion of the 9% Debentures, we may, at our option, make a cash payment
to converting holders for all or some of the shares of our common stock otherwise issuable upon conversion. The 9%
Debentures  rank  junior  to  all  of  our  existing  and  future  senior  indebtedness.

Interest on the 9% Debentures is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year. As long
as no event of default with respect to the debentures has occurred and is continuing, we may defer interest, under an
optional deferral provision, for one or more consecutive interest periods up to ten years without giving rise to an event of
default. Deferred interest will accrue additional interest at the rate then applicable to the debentures. During an optional
deferral  period  we  may  not  pay  or  declare  dividends  on  our  common  stock.

When  interest  on  the  9%  Debentures  is  deferred,  we  are  required,  not  later  than  a  specified  time,  to  use
reasonable commercial efforts to begin selling qualifying securities to persons who are not our affiliates. The specified

93

Notes  (continued)

time  is  one  business  day  after  we  pay  interest  on  the  9%  Debentures  that  was  not  deferred,  or  if  earlier,  the  fifth
anniversary of the scheduled interest payment date on which the deferral started. Qualifying securities are common
stock, certain warrants and certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. The requirement to use such efforts to sell
such  securities  is  called  the  Alternative  Payment  Mechanism.

The net proceeds of Alternative Payment Mechanism sales are to be applied to the payment of deferred interest,
including  the  compound  portion.  We  cannot  pay  deferred  interest  other  than  from  the  net  proceeds  of  Alternative
Payment Mechanism sales, except at the final maturity of the debentures or at the tenth anniversary of the start of the
interest deferral. The Alternative Payment Mechanism does not require us to sell common stock or warrants before the
fifth  anniversary  of  the  interest  payment  date  on  which  that  deferral  started  if  the  net  proceeds  (counting  any  net
proceeds of those securities previously sold under the Alternative Payment Mechanism) would exceed the 2% cap. The
2% cap is 2% of the average closing price of our common stock times the number of our outstanding shares of common
stock. The average price is determined over a specified period ending before the issuance of the common stock or
warrants being sold, and the number of outstanding shares is determined as of the date of our most recent publicly
released  financial  statements.

We are not required to issue under the Alternative Payment Mechanism a total of more than 10 million shares of
common stock, including shares underlying qualifying warrants. In addition, we may not issue under the Alternative
Payment  Mechanism  qualifying  preferred  stock  if  the  total  net  proceeds  of  all  issuances  would  exceed  25%  of  the
aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  debentures.

The Alternative Payment Mechanism does not apply during any period between scheduled interest payment dates
if  there  is  a  ‘‘market  disruption  event’’  that  occurs  over  a  specified  portion  of  such  period.  Market  disruption  events
include  any  material  adverse  change  in  domestic  or  international  economic  or  financial  conditions.

The provisions of the 9% Debentures are complex. The description above is not intended to be complete in all
respects.  Moreover,  that  description  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  the  terms  of  the  9%  Debentures,  including  their
covenants  and  events  of  default.  We  were  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  at  December  31,  2015.

We may redeem the 9% Debentures in whole or in part from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9% Debentures being redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if
the closing sale price of our common stock exceeds 130% of the then prevailing conversion price of the 9% Debentures
for at least 20 of the 30 trading days preceding notice of the redemption. 130% of such conversion price is $17.55.

2016  Debt  Transactions

During  the  first  quarter  of  2016  through  the  date  of  this  filing  we  completed  the  following  debt  transactions:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Purchased $127.7 million in par value of our 5% Notes due in 2017 with funds held at our holding company;

MGIC purchased $132.7 million of par value of our 9% Debentures using funds obtained from the proceeds
of  the  borrowing  from  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Chicago  (the  ‘‘FHLBC’’)  referred  to  below  as  the
Advance;  and

MGIC borrowed $155.0 million from the FHLBC in February 2016 in the form of a fixed rate advance (the
‘‘Advance’’). Interest is payable monthly at an annual rate, fixed for the term of the Advance, of 1.91%. The
principal of the Advance matures on February 10, 2023, but we may prepay the Advance at any time. Such
prepayment would be below par if interest rates have risen since the origination date of the Advance, or
above  par  if  interest  rates  have  declined.

94

Notes  (continued)

9.

Loss  Reserves

As described in Note 3 – ‘‘Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Loss Reserves,’’ we establish reserves to
recognize the estimated liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to defaults on insured mortgage loans.
Loss reserves are established by estimating the number of loans in our inventory of delinquent loans that will result in a
claim payment, which is referred to as the claim rate, and further estimating the amount of the claim payment, which is
referred  to  as  claim  severity.

Estimation of losses is inherently judgmental. The conditions that affect the claim rate and claim severity include
the current and future state of the domestic economy, including unemployment, and the current and future strength of
local housing markets. The actual amount of the claim payments may be substantially different than our loss reserve
estimates. Our estimates could be adversely affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or national
economic conditions, including unemployment, leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make
mortgage payments, and a drop in housing values which may affect borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage
payments  when  the  value  of  the  home  is  below  the  mortgage  balance.  Changes  to  our  estimates  could  result  in  a
material  impact  to  our  results  of  operations  and  capital  position,  even  in  a  stable  economic  environment.

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  beginning  and  ending  loss  reserves  for  each  of  the  past  three

years:

Reserve  at  beginning  of  year
Less  reinsurance  recoverable

Net  reserve  at  beginning  of  year

Losses  incurred:
Losses  and  LAE  incurred  in  respect  of  default  notices  received  in:
Current  year
Prior  years(1)

Subtotal

Losses  paid:
Losses  and  LAE  paid  in  respect  of  default  notices  received  in:
Current  year
Prior  years
Reinsurance  terminations(2)

Subtotal

Net  reserve  at  end  of  year
Plus  reinsurance  recoverables

Reserve  at  end  of  year

2015

$ 2,396,807
57,841

2014
(In  thousands)
$ 3,061,401
64,085

2013

$ 4,056,843
104,848

2,338,966

2,997,316

3,951,995

453,849
(110,302)

343,547

596,436
(100,359)

496,077

898,413
(59,687)

838,726

25,980
823,058
(15,440)

833,598

1,848,915
44,487

32,919
1,121,508
–

1,154,427

2,338,966
57,841

73,470
1,722,923
(2,988)

1,793,405

2,997,316
64,085

$ 1,893,402

$ 2,396,807

$ 3,061,401

(1) A negative number for prior year losses incurred indicates a redundancy of prior year loss reserves. See table

below  regarding  prior  year  loss  development.

(2)

In a termination, the reinsurance agreement is cancelled, with no future premium ceded and funds for any incurred
but  unpaid  losses  transferred  to  us.  The  transferred  funds  result  in  an  increase  in  our  investment  portfolio

95

Notes  (continued)

(including cash and cash equivalents) and a decrease in net losses paid (reduction to losses incurred). In addition,
there is an offsetting decrease in the reinsurance recoverable (increase in losses incurred), and thus there is no
net  impact  to  losses  incurred.  (See  Note  11  –  ‘‘Reinsurance’’)

The ‘‘Losses incurred’’ section of the table above shows losses incurred on default notices received in the current
year and in prior years. The amount of losses incurred relating to default notices received in the current year represents
the estimated amount to be ultimately paid on such default notices. The amount of losses incurred relating to default
notices  received  in  prior  years  represents  the  actual  claim  rate  and  severity  associated  with  those  default  notices
resolved  in  the  current  year  differing  from  the  estimated  liability  at  the  prior  year-end,  as  well  as  a  re-estimation  of
amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory and estimated incurred but not reported items from the
end of the prior year. This re-estimation of the estimated claim rate and estimated severity is the result of our review of
current trends in the default inventory, such as percentages of defaults that have resulted in a claim, the amount of the
claims,  changes  in  the  relative  level  of  defaults  by  geography  and  changes  in  average  loan  exposure.

Losses incurred on default notices received in the current year decreased in 2015 compared to 2014, and in 2014
compared to 2013, primarily due to a decrease in the number of new default notices received, net of cures, as well as a
decrease  in  the  estimated  claim  rate  on  recently  reported  delinquencies.

The  prior  year  development  of  the  reserves  in  2015,  2014  and  2013  is  reflected  in  the  table  below.

2015

2014
(In  millions)

2013

Prior  year  loss  development:

(Decrease)  increase  in  estimated  claim  rate  on  primary  defaults
Increase  (decrease)  in  estimated  severity  on  primary  defaults
Change  in  estimates  related  to  pool  reserves,  LAE  reserves,

reinsurance  and  other

Total  prior  year  loss  development(1)

$

$

(141) $
43

(43) $
(35)

(12)

(22)

(110) $

(100) $

10
(50)

(20)

(60)

(1) A  negative  number  for  prior  year  loss  development  indicates  a  redundancy  of  prior  year  loss  reserves.

The prior year loss development was based on the resolution of approximately 60%, 58% and 59% for the years
ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of the prior year default inventory, as well as a re-estimation of
amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory and estimated incurred but not reported items from the
end of the prior year. In 2015, we recognized favorable development on our estimated claim rate as we experienced a
higher  cure  rate  on  prior  year  default  inventory.  Additionally,  during  2015  the  claim  rate  was  favorably  impacted  by
re-estimations of previously recorded reserves relating to disputes on our claims paying practices and adjustments to
incurred but not reported losses (IBNR). The favorable development for the year ended 2015 was offset, in part, by an
increase in the estimated severity on prior year defaults remaining in the delinquent inventory. The decrease in the
estimated  severity  in  2014  and  2013  was  based  on  the  resolution  of  the  prior  year  default  inventory.

The  ‘‘Losses  paid’’  section  of  the  table  above  shows  the  breakdown  between  claims  paid  on  default  notices
received in the current year, claims paid on default notices received in prior years and the decrease in losses paid
related to terminated reinsurance agreements as noted in footnote (2) of that table. Until a few years ago, it took, on
average,  approximately  twelve  months  for  a  default  that  was  not  cured  to  develop  into  a  paid  claim.  Over  the  past
several years, the average time it takes to receive a claim associated with a default has increased. This is, in part, due
to  new  loss  mitigation  protocols  established  by  servicers  and  to  changes  in  some  state  foreclosure  laws  that  may

96

Notes  (continued)

include, for example, a requirement for additional review and/or mediation processes. It is difficult to estimate how long
it  may  take  for  current  and  future  defaults  that  do  not  cure  to  develop  into  paid  claims.

MGIC and Freddie Mac disagreed on the amount of the aggregate loss limit under certain pool insurance policies
(the  ‘‘Disputed  Policies’’).  On  December  1,  2012,  an  Agreement  of  Settlement,  Compromise  and  Release  (the
‘‘Settlement Agreement’’) between MGIC, Freddie Mac and the FHFA became effective, settling their dispute regarding
the  Disputed  Policies.  Under  the  Settlement  Agreement,  MGIC  is  to  pay  Freddie  Mac  a  total  of  $267.5  million  in
satisfaction of all obligations under the Disputed Policies. Of the total, $100 million was paid in December 2012, as
required  by  the  Settlement  Agreement,  and  the  remaining  $167.5  million  is  being  paid  out  in  48  equal  monthly
installments  that  began  on  January  2,  2013.

The liability associated with our estimate of premiums to be refunded on expected claim payments is accrued for
separately  at  December  31,  2015  and  2014  and  approximated  $102  million  and  $115  million,  respectively.  As  of
December  31,  2015,  this  liability  was  included  in  ‘‘Other  liabilities’’  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet.  As  of
December 31, 2014, separate components of this liability are included in ‘‘Other liabilities’’ and ‘‘Premium deficiency
reserve’’  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet.

A rollforward of our primary default inventory for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 appears in
the table below. The information concerning new notices and cures is compiled from monthly reports received from loan
servicers. The level of new notice and cure activity reported in a particular month can be influenced by, among other
things, the date on which a servicer generates its report, the number of business days in a month and transfers of
servicing  between  loan  servicers.

Default  inventory  at  beginning  of  year
New  Notices
Cures
Paids  (including  those  charged  to  a  deductible  or  captive)
Rescissions  and  denials
Items  removed  from  inventory  resulting  from  settlements

Default  inventory  at  end  of  year

2015

2014

2013

79,901
74,315
(73,610)
(16,004)
(848)
(1,121)

62,633

103,328
88,844
(87,278)
(23,494)
(1,306)
(193)

79,901

139,845
106,823
(104,390)
(34,738)
(1,939)
(2,273)

103,328

The decrease in the primary default inventory experienced during 2015 and 2014 was generally across all markets
and all book years prior to 2012. In 2015 and 2014, the percentage of loans in the inventory that had been in default for
12 or more consecutive months had decreased compared to the prior years. Historically as a default ages it becomes
more likely to result in a claim. The percentage of loans that have been in default for 12 or more consecutive months
has  been  affected  by  our  suspended  rescissions  discussed  below.

97

Notes  (continued)

Aging  of  the  Primary  Default  Inventory

Consecutive  months  in  default
3  months  or  less
4-11  months
12  months  or  more(1)

Total  primary  default  inventory

Primary  claims  received  inventory
included  in  ending  default
inventory(2)

2015

December  31,

2014

2013

13,053
15,763
33,817

62,633

21%
25%
54%

100%

15,319
19,710
44,872

79,901

19%
25%
56%

18,941
24,514
59,873

100% 103,328

18%
24%
58%

100%

2,769

4%

4,746

6%

6,948

7%

(1) Approximately 50%, 53% and 49% of the primary default inventory in default for 12 consecutive months or more
has been in default for at least 36 consecutive months as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2) Our claims received inventory includes suspended rescissions, as we have voluntarily suspended rescissions of
coverage related to loans that we believed would be included in a potential resolution. As of December 31, 2015,
rescissions  of  coverage  on  approximately  435  loans  had  been  voluntarily  suspended.

The length of time a loan is in the default inventory can differ from the number of payments that the borrower has
not made or is considered delinquent. These differences typically result from a borrower making monthly payments that
do not result in the loan becoming fully current. The number of payments that a borrower is delinquent is shown in the
table  below.

Number  of  Primary  Payments  Delinquent

3  payments  or  less
4-11  payments
12  payments  or  more

Total  primary  default  inventory

2015

20,360
15,092
27,181

62,633

December  31,

2014

2013

33%
24%
43%

100%

23,253
19,427
37,221

79,901

29%
24%
47%

28,095
24,605
50,628

100% 103,328

27%
24%
49%

100%

Pool insurance default inventory decreased from 3,797 at December 31, 2014 to 2,739 at December 31, 2015.

The  pool  insurance  notice  inventory  was  6,563  at  December  31,  2013.

Claims  paying  practices

Our loss reserving methodology incorporates our estimates of future rescissions. A variance between ultimate
actual rescission rates and our estimates, as a result of the outcome of litigation, settlements or other factors, could
materially  affect  our  losses.

The liability associated with our estimate of premiums to be refunded on expected future rescissions is accrued for
separately. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 the estimate of this liability totaled $7 million and $28 million, respectively.
As  of  December  31,  2015,  this  liability  was  included  in  ‘‘Other  liabilities’’  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet.  As  of

98

Notes  (continued)

December 31, 2014, separate components of this liability are included in ‘‘Other liabilities’’ and ‘‘Premium deficiency
reserve’’ on our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the liability affect premiums written and earned and change in
premium  deficiency  reserve.

For  information  about  discussions  and  legal  proceedings  with  customers  with  respect  to  our  claims  paying
practices, including settlements that we believe are probable, as defined in ASC 450-20, see Note 20 – ‘‘Litigation and
Contingencies.’’

10. Premium  Deficiency  Reserve

Beginning  in  2007,  when  we  stopped  writing  Wall  Street  Bulk  business,  we  began  to  separately  measure  the
performance of these transactions and establish a premium deficiency reserve related to this business. The premium
deficiency reserve reflects the present value of expected future losses and expenses that exceed the present value of
expected future premiums and established loss reserves. Each quarter, we re-estimate the premium deficiency reserve
on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in force. The premium deficiency reserve primarily changes from quarter to
quarter as a result of two factors. First, it changes as the actual premiums, losses and expenses that were previously
estimated are recognized. Each period such items are reflected in our financial statements as earned premium, losses
incurred and expenses. The difference between the amount and timing of actual earned premiums, losses incurred and
expenses and our previous estimates used to establish the premium deficiency reserves has an effect (either positive or
negative) on that period’s results. Second, the premium deficiency reserve changes as our assumptions relating to the
present value of expected future premiums, losses and expenses on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in force
change.  Changes  to  these  assumptions  also  have  an  effect  on  that  period’s  results.

The decreases in the premium deficiency reserve for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were
$24  million,  $24  million,  and  $26  million,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2015,  there  was  no  premium  deficiency
reserve required. The decreases represent the net result of actual premiums, losses and expenses as well as a net
change in assumptions for these periods. The change in assumptions for 2014 and 2013 are primarily related to higher
estimated ultimate premiums resulting principally from an increase in the projected persistency rate, offset in part by
higher  estimated  ultimate  losses  resulting  principally  from  an  increase  in  the  number  of  projected  claims  that  will
ultimately  be  paid.

The  calculation  of  premium  deficiency  reserves  requires  the  use  of  significant  judgments  and  estimates  to
determine the present value of future premium and present value of expected losses and expenses on our business.
The  calculation  of  future  premium  depends  on,  among  other  things,  assumptions  about  persistency  and  repayment
patterns on underlying loans. The calculation of expected losses and expenses depends on assumptions relating to
severity of claims and claim rates on current defaults, and expected defaults in future periods. These assumptions also
include an estimate of expected rescission activity. Similar to our loss reserve estimates, our estimates for premium
deficiency reserves could be adversely affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or economic
conditions leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a drop in
housing values that could expose us to greater losses. Assumptions used in calculating the deficiency reserves can
also be affected by volatility in the current housing and mortgage lending industries. To the extent premium patterns and
actual loss experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating the premium deficiency reserves, the differences
between  the  actual  results  and  our  estimates  will  affect  future  period  earnings  and  could  be  material.

11. Reinsurance

Effective July 1, 2015, we settled our 2013 quota share reinsurance agreement (‘‘2013 QSR Transaction’’) by
commutation. The settlement included unearned premiums, loss reserves, and profit commission. The commutation
resulted  in  an  increase  in  net  premiums  written  and  earned  of  $69.4  million  and  $11.6  million,  respectively,  and  a

99

Notes  (continued)

decrease  in  ceding  commissions  of  $11.6  million  in  the  third  quarter  of  2015.  Receipt  of  our  profit  commission  of
$142.5  million,  in  addition  to  other  premium  and  loss  amounts,  was  also  completed  as  part  of  the  settlement.

Effective July 1, 2015, we entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement (‘‘2015 QSR Transaction’’) with a
group of unaffiliated reinsurers that are the same as our 2013 QSR Transaction. Each of the reinsurers has an insurer
financial strength rating of A- or better by Standard and Poor’s Rating Services, A.M. Best or both. The 2015 QSR
Transaction  will  provide  coverage  on  policies  that  were  in  the  2013  QSR  Transaction;  additional  qualifying  in  force
policies as of the agreement effective date which either had no history of defaults, or where a single default has been
cured  for  twelve  or  more  months  at  the  agreement  effective  date;  and  all  qualifying  new  insurance  written  through
December 31, 2016. The agreement will provide coverage on losses incurred on or after the effective date with renewal
premium through December 31, 2024, at which time the agreement expires. The 2015 QSR Transaction increases the
amount of our insurance in force covered by reinsurance and will result in an increase in the amount of premiums and
losses ceded. A higher level of losses ceded will reduce our profit commission and in turn will reduce our premium yield.
Early termination of the agreement can be elected by us effective December 31, 2018 for a fee, or under specified
scenarios for no fee upon prior written notice. Further, at our sole discretion we may elect to terminate the agreement if
we  will  receive  less  than  90%  of  the  full  credit  amount  under  the  private  mortgage  insurer  eligibility  requirements
(‘‘PMIERs’’) of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (collectively, the ‘‘GSEs’’) for the risk ceded in any required calculation
period. The structure of the 2015 QSR Transaction is a 30% quota share for all policies covered, with a 20% ceding
commission  as  well  as  a  profit  commission.  Generally,  under  the  2015  QSR  Transaction,  we  will  receive  a  profit
commission  provided  that  the  loss  ratio  on  the  loans  covered  under  the  agreement  remains  below  60%.

A summary of our quota share reinsurance agreements, excluding captive agreements, for 2015, 2014 and 2013

appears  below.

2013  QSR  Transaction
Ceded  premiums  written,  net  of  profit  commission
Ceded  premiums  earned,  net  of  profit  commission
Ceded  losses  incurred
Ceding  commissions(2)
Profit  commission

2015  QSR  Transaction  (Effective  July  1,  2015)
Ceded  premiums  written,  net  of  profit  commission(3)
Ceded  premiums  earned,  net  of  profit  commission(3)
Ceded  losses  incurred
Ceding  commissions(2)
Profit  commission

$

$

Years  ended  December  31,

2015

2014
(In  thousands)

2013

$

(11,355)(1) $
35,999(1)
6,060
10,235(1)
62,525(1)

100,031
88,528
15,163
37,833
89,133

49,672
13,821
176
10,408
2,368

52,588
52,588
11,424
20,582
50,322

(1) The year ended December 31, 2015 includes the non-recurring impact of commuting our 2013 QSR Transaction.

The  commutation  had  no  impact  on  ceded  losses  incurred.

(2) Ceding  commissions  are  reported  within  Other  underwriting  and  operating  expenses,  net  on  the  consolidated

statements  of  operations.

(3) As  of  July  1,  2015,  premiums  are  ceded  on  an  earned  and  received  basis  as  defined  in  our  2015  QSR

Transaction.

100

Notes  (continued)

Under the terms of 2015 QSR Transaction, reinsurance premiums, ceding commission and profit commission are
settled net on a quarterly basis. The reinsurance premium due after deducting the related ceding commission and profit
commission is reported within ‘‘Other liabilities’’ on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. As of
December  31,  2014,  we  had  accrued  a  profit  commission  receivable  of  $91.5  million.

In  the  past,  MGIC  also  obtained  captive  reinsurance.  In  a  captive  reinsurance  arrangement,  the  reinsurer  is
affiliated with the lender for whom MGIC provides mortgage insurance. As part of our settlement with the Consumer
Financial  Protection  Bureau  (‘‘CFPB’’)  in  2013  and  with  the  Minnesota  Department  of  Commerce  in  June  2015,
discussed in Note 20 – ’’Litigation and Contingencies’’ MGIC has agreed to not enter into any new captive reinsurance
agreement  or  reinsure  any  new  loans  under  any  existing  captive  reinsurance  agreement  for  a  period  of  ten  years
subsequent  to  the  respective  settlements.  In  accordance  with  the  CFPB  settlement,  all  of  our  active  captive
arrangements were placed into run-off. In addition, at the time PMIERs became effective on December 31, 2015, the
GSEs will not approve any future reinsurance or risk sharing transaction with a mortgage enterprise or an affiliate of a
mortgage  enterprise.

Captive agreements were generally written on an annual book of business and each captive reinsurer is required
to  maintain  a  separate  trust  account  to  support  its  combined  reinsured  risk  on  all  annual  books.  MGIC  is  the  sole
beneficiary of the trusts, and the trust accounts are made up of capital deposits by the captive reinsurers, premium
deposits by MGIC, and investment income earned. These amounts are held in the trust account and are available to
pay reinsured losses. The reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves related to captive agreements was $34 million at
December 31, 2015 which was supported by $137 million of trust assets, while at December 31, 2014 the reinsurance
recoverable on loss reserves related to captive agreements was $45 million which was supported by $198 million of
trust  assets.

The  effect  of  all  reinsurance  agreements  on  premiums  earned  and  losses  incurred  is  as  follows:

Premiums  earned:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded

Net  premiums  earned

Losses  incurred:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded

Net  losses  incurred

Years  ended  December  31,

2015

2014
(In  thousands)

2013

$

$

$

$

$

$

997,892
1,178
(102,848)

896,222

369,680
1,552
(27,685)

$

$

$

950,973
1,653
(108,255)

844,371

524,051
2,012
(29,986)

979,078
2,074
(38,101)

943,051

863,871
2,645
(27,790)

$

343,547

$

496,077

$

838,726

Generally, reinsurance recoverables on primary loss reserves, paid losses and prepaid reinsurance premiums are
supported by trust funds or letters of credit. As such, we have not established an allowance against these recoverables.

See Note 20 – ‘‘Litigation and Contingencies’’ for a discussion of requests or subpoenas for information regarding

captive  mortgage  reinsurance  arrangements.

101

Notes  (continued)

12.  Other  Comprehensive  (Loss)  Income

The pretax components of our other comprehensive (loss) income and related income tax benefit (expense) for

the  years  ended  December  31,  2015,  2014  and  2013  are  included  in  the  table  below:

Net  unrealized  investment  (losses)  gains  arising  during  the  year
Income  tax  benefit  (expense)
Valuation  allowance(1)

$

Net  of  taxes

Net  changes  in  benefit  plan  assets  and  obligations
Income  tax  benefit  (expense)
Valuation  allowance(1)

Net  of  taxes

Net  changes  in  unrealized  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment
Income  tax  benefit
Valuation  allowance(1)

Net  of  taxes

Total  other  comprehensive  (loss)  income
Total  income  tax  benefit,  net  of  valuation  allowance

2015

2014
(In  thousands)
91,782
(32,017)
31,374

(33,718) $
11,738
62,383

40,403

(12,818)
4,487
(7,383)

(15,714)

(5,699)
2,000
(529)

(4,228)

(52,235)
72,696

91,139

(52,112)
18,239
(18,239)

(52,112)

(4,067)
1,425
–

(2,642)

35,603
782

2013

$ (126,175)
43,732
(41,148)

(123,591)

68,038
(23,813)
23,813

68,038

(21,563)
7,553
–

(14,010)

(79,700)
10,137

Total  other  comprehensive  income,  net  of  tax

$

20,461

$

36,385

$

(69,563)

(1) See Note 14 – ‘‘Income Taxes’’ for a discussion of the valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets.

The  pretax  and  related  income  tax  (expense)  benefit  components  of  the  amounts  reclassified  from  our
accumulated other comprehensive loss to our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31,
2015,  2014  and  2013  are  included  in  the  table  below:

2015

2014
(In  thousands)

2013

Reclassification  adjustment  for  net  realized  gains  (losses)  included

in  net  income  (loss)(1)
Income  tax  (expense)  benefit
Valuation  allowance(3)

Net  of  taxes

Reclassification  adjustment  related  to  benefit  plan  assets

and  obligations(2)
Income  tax  expense
Valuation  allowance(3)

Net  of  taxes

Total  reclassifications
Total  income  tax  expense,  net  of  valuation  allowance

$

11,693
(4,076)
3,635

11,252

2,184
(764)
574

1,994

13,877
(631)

$

(6,816) $
2,402
(2,502)

(6,916)

3,246
(924)
(349)

1,973

6,930
(2,425)
2,425

6,930

114
(100)

1
–
–

1

3,247
(1,273)

1,974

Total  reclassifications,  net  of  tax

$

13,246

$

14

$

(1)

Increases  (decreases)  Net  realized  investment  gains  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.

102

Notes  (continued)

(2) Decreases  (increases)  Other  underwriting  and  operating  expenses,  net  on  the  consolidated  statements  of

operations.

(3) See Note 14 – ‘‘Income Taxes’’ for a discussion of the valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets.

A rollforward of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013,

including  amounts  reclassified  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss,  are  included  in  the  table  below.

Net
unrealized
gains  and
losses  on
available-for-sale
securities

Net
benefit
plan
assets  and
obligations
recognized
in  shareholders’
equity

Net
unrealized
foreign
currency
translation

Total
accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss

Balance,  December  31,  2012,  net  of  tax

$

(25,099) $

(In  thousands)
(44,864) $

21,800

$

(48,163)

Other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  before

reclassifications

Less:  Amounts  reclassified  from  AOCL

Balance,  December  31,  2013,  net  of  tax

Other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  before

reclassifications

Less:  Amounts  reclassified  from  AOCL

Balance,  December  31,  2014,  net  of  tax

Other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  before

reclassifications

Less:  Amounts  reclassified  from  AOCL

(121,618)
1,973

(148,690)

84,223
(6,916)

(57,551)

51,655
11,252

68,039
1

23,174

(45,182)
6,930

(28,938)

(13,720)
1,994

Balance,  December  31,  2015,  net  of  tax

$

(17,148) $

(44,652) $

(14,010)
–

7,790

(2,642)
–

5,148

(4,228)
–

920

(67,589)
1,974

(117,726)

36,399
14

(81,341)

33,707
13,246

(60,880)

13.  Benefit  Plans

We have a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all domestic employees, as well as
a  supplemental  executive  retirement  plan.  We  also  offer  both  medical  and  dental  benefits  for  retired  domestic
employees and their eligible spouses under a postretirement benefit plan. The following tables provide the components
of aggregate annual net periodic benefit cost for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 and
changes in the benefit obligation and the funded status of the pension, supplemental executive retirement and other
postretirement  benefit  plans  as  recognized  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014.

103

Notes  (continued)

Components  of  Net  Periodic  Benefit  Cost

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans

Other  Postretirement
Benefits

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2013

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2013

Interest  Cost

1. Company  Service  Cost
2.
3. Expected  Return  on  Assets
4. Other  Adjustments

Subtotal
5. Amortization  of:

(In  thousands)

$ 10,256
15,847
(21,109)
–

$

8,565
15,987
(21,030)
–

$ 11,338
15,289
(20,144)
–

$

4,994

3,522

6,483

$

833
697
(4,991)
–

(3,461)

$

659
653
(4,648)
–

(3,336)

a. Net  Transition  Obligation/(Asset)
b. Net  Prior  Service  Cost/(Credit)
c. Net  Losses/(Gains)

Total  Amortization
6. Net  Periodic  Benefit  Cost
7. Cost  of  settlements  or  curtailments

–
(845)
5,485

4,640
9,634
3,172

–
(930)
1,083

153
3,675
302

–
503
6,145

6,648
13,131
–

–
(6,649)
(175)

(6,824)
(10,285)
–

–
(6,649)
(435)

(7,084)
(10,420)
–

812
618
(3,679)
–

(2,249)

–
(6,649)
–

(6,649)
(8,898)
–

8. Total  Expense  for  Year

$ 12,806

$

3,977

$ 13,131

$ (10,285) $ (10,420) $ (8,898)

Development  of  Funded  Status

Actuarial  Value  of  Benefit  Obligations
1. Measurement  Date
2. Accumulated  Benefit  Obligation

Funded  Status/Asset  (Liability)  on  the

Consolidated  Balance  Sheet
1. Projected  Benefit  Obligation
2. Plan  Assets  at  Fair  Value

3. Funded  Status  –  Overfunded/Asset
4. Funded  Status  –  Underfunded/Liability

Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income

1. Net  Actuarial  (Gain)/Loss
2. Net  Prior  Service  Cost/(Credit)
3. Net  Transition  Obligation/(Asset)

4. Total  at  Year  End

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans

Other  Postretirement
Benefits

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

(In  thousands)

12/31/2015
338,450

$

12/31/2014
366,440

$

12/31/2015
16,423

$

12/31/2014
18,225

$

$ (349,483) $ (379,324) $

350,107

378,701

624
N/A

$

N/A
(623)

(16,423) $
65,568

49,145
N/A

$

(18,225)
66,940

48,715
N/A

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans

Other  Postretirement
Benefits

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

(In  thousands)

$

95,636
(2,989)
–

$

93,243
(3,853)
–

(5,311) $
(18,640)
–

(8,222)
(25,289)
–

92,647

$

89,390

$

(23,951) $

(33,511)

$

$

104

Notes  (continued)

The  amortization  of  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  actual  experience  different  from  assumed  experience  or
changes in assumptions including discount rates is included as a component of Net Periodic Benefit Cost/(Income) for
the  year.  The  gain  or  loss  in  excess  of  a  10%  corridor  is  amortized  by  the  average  remaining  service  period  of
participating  employees  expected  to  receive  benefits  under  the  plan.

The  changes  in  the  projected  benefit  obligation  are  as  follows:

Change  in  Projected  Benefit/Accumulated  Benefit  Obligation

1. Benefit  Obligation  at  Beginning  of  Year
2. Company  Service  Cost
3.
4. Plan  Participants’  Contributions
5. Net  Actuarial  (Gain)/Loss  due  to  Assumption

Interest  Cost

Changes

6. Net  Actuarial  (Gain)/Loss  due  to  Plan

Experience

7. Benefit  Payments  from  Fund(1)
8. Benefit  Payments  Directly  by  Company
9. Plan  Amendments
10. Other  Adjustment

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans

Other  Postretirement
Benefits

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

(In  thousands)

$

$

379,324
10,256
15,847
–

$

317,606
8,565
15,987
–

$

18,225
833
697
361

15,764
659
653
336

(24,118)

59,901

(2,083)

2,276

7,155
(32,646)
(7,661)
19
1,307

(55)
(21,539)
(1,404)
(1)
264

(397)
(1,147)
–
–
(66)

(855)
(645)
–
–
37

11. Benefit  Obligation  at  End  of  Year

$

349,483

$

379,324

$

16,423

$

18,225

(1)

Includes lump sum payments of $22.4 million and $11.8 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively, from our pension
plan  to  eligible  participants,  which  were  former  employees  with  vested  benefits.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Society of Actuaries released new mortality tables as a result of their detailed
study  on  the  future  life  expectancies  of  pension  plan  participants.  We  have  used  these  mortality  tables,  including
updates  to  the  mortality  table  projection  scales,  in  calculating  our  year-end  2015  and  2014  retirement  program
obligations.  We  expect  the  mortality  tables  to  receive  regular  annual  updates  that  will  impact  our  retirement  plan
obligations in future reporting periods. If all pension plan participants elected to receive their pension benefits in monthly
payments, the new tables would have increased 2014 year-end obligations by $23.2 million. However, based on our
experience, we estimate that 75% of our active pension plan participants will elect to receive their pension benefits in a
lump sum, which under the terms of the pension plan, are calculated based on mortality assumptions prescribed by the
IRS, not the Society of Actuaries. The combined effect of the new Society of Actuaries mortality tables and the 75%
lump-sum election assumption was a net increase in 2014 year-end obligations of $14.6 million. In addition, the benefit
obligation  will  also  change  due  to  changes  in  the  actuarial  assumptions  applied,  as  shown  in  the  table  below,  to
determine  the  outstanding  liability.

105

Notes  (continued)

The  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  net  assets  available  for  plan  benefits  are  as  follows:

Change  in  Plan  Assets

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans

Other  Postretirement
Benefits

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

(In  thousands)

1. Fair  Value  of  Plan  Assets  at  Beginning  of  Year
2. Company  Contributions
3. Plan  Participants’  Contributions
4. Benefit  Payments  from  Fund
5. Benefit  Payments  paid  directly  by  Company
6. Actual  Return  on  Assets
7. Other  Adjustment

$

$

$

378,701
17,311
–
(32,646)
(7,661)
(5,094)
(504)

355,704
9,504
–
(21,539)
(1,404)
36,436
–

$

66,940
–
361
(1,147)
–
(225)
(361)

62,298
–
336
(645)
–
5,250
(299)

8. Fair  Value  of  Plan  Assets  at  End  of  Year

$

350,107

$

378,701

$

65,568

$

66,940

Change  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  (AOCI)

1. AOCI  in  Prior  Year
2.

Increase/(Decrease)  in  AOCI
a. Recognized  during  year  –  Prior  Service

(Cost)/Credit

b. Recognized  during  year  –  Net  Actuarial

(Losses)/Gains

c. Occurring  during  year  –  Prior  Service  Cost
d. Occurring  during  year  –  Net  Actuarial

Losses/(Gains)

f. Occurring  during  year  –  Net  Settlement

Losses/(Gains)
e. Other  adjustments

3. AOCI  in  Current  Year

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans

Other  Postretirement
Benefits

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

(In  thousands)

$

89,390

$

45,143

$

(33,511) $

(41,377)

845

930

6,649

6,649

(5,485)
19

(1,083)
(1)

175
–

11,050

44,703

2,736

(3,172)
–

(302)
–

–
–

435
–

782

–
–

$

92,647

$

89,390

$

(23,951) $

(33,511)

Amortizations  Expected  to  be  Recognized  During  Next  Fiscal  Year  Ending

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans

Other  Postretirement  Benefits

12/31/2016

12/31/2016

(In  thousands)

1. Amortization  of  Net  Transition  Obligation/(Asset)
2. Amortization  of  Prior  Service  Cost/(Credit)
3. Amortization  of  Net  Losses/(Gains)

$

–
(689)
5,443

$

–
(6,649)
–

The projected benefit obligations, net periodic benefit costs and accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for

the  plans  were  determined  using  the  following  weighted  average  assumptions.

106

Notes  (continued)

Actuarial  Assumptions

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans

Other  Postretirement
Benefits

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

Weighted-Average  Assumptions  Used  to  Determine  Benefit  Obligations  at  year  end
1. Discount  Rate
2. Rate  of  Compensation  Increase

4.65%
3.00%

4.25%
3.00%

Weighted-Average  Assumptions  Used  to  Determine  Net  Periodic  Benefit  Cost  for  Year
5.15%
1. Discount  Rate
6.00%
2. Expected  Long-term  Return  on  Plan  Assets
3.00%
3. Rate  of  Compensation  Increase

4.25%
5.75%
3.00%

Assumed  Health  Care  Cost  Trend  Rates  at  year  end
1. Health  Care  Cost  Trend  Rate  Assumed  for  Next

Year

2. Rate  to  Which  the  Cost  Trend  Rate  is  Assumed

to  Decline  (Ultimate  Trend  Rate)

3. Year  That  the  Rate  Reaches  the  Ultimate  Trend

Rate

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

4.30%
N/A

4.00%
7.50%
N/A

7.00%

5.00%

4.00%
N/A

4.75%
7.50%
N/A

7.00%

5.00%

2020

2019

In  selecting  a  discount  rate,  we  performed  a  hypothetical  cash  flow  bond  matching  exercise,  matching  our
expected pension plan and postretirement medical plan cash flows, respectively, against a selected portfolio of high
quality  corporate  bonds.  The  modeling  was  performed  using  a  bond  portfolio  of  noncallable  bonds  with  at  least
$50  million  outstanding.  The  average  yield  of  these  hypothetical  bond  portfolios  was  used  as  the  benchmark  for
determining the discount rate. In selecting the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we considered the average
rate of earnings expected on the classes of funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits of these plans.
This included considering the trusts’ targeted asset allocation for the year and the expected returns likely to be earned
over  the  next  20  years.

The  year-end  asset  allocations  of  the  plans  are  as  follows:

Plan  Assets

Allocation  of  Assets  at  year  end
1. Equity  Securities
2. Debt  Securities
3. Total

Pension  Plan

Other  Postretirement
Benefits

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

20%
80%
100%

22%
78%
100%

100%
–%
100%

100%
–%
100%

107

Notes  (continued)

In accordance with fair value guidance, we applied the following fair value hierarchy in order to measure fair value

of  our  benefit  plan  assets:

Level  1  – Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that we have the ability to access. Financial assets
utilizing Level 1 inputs include equity securities, mutual funds, money market funds, certain U.S. Treasury
securities  and  exchange  traded  funds  (‘‘ETF’s’’).

Level  2  – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in
markets that are not active; and inputs, other than quoted prices, that are observable in the marketplace for
the financial instrument. The observable inputs are used in valuation models to calculate the fair value of the
financial  instruments.  Financial  assets  utilizing  Level  2  inputs  include  certain  municipal,  corporate  and
foreign  bonds,  obligations  of  U.S.  government  corporations  and  agencies,  and  pooled  equity  accounts.

Level  3  – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are
unobservable. Level 3 inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would
use  in  pricing  an  asset  or  liability.

To determine the fair value of securities in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, independent pricing
sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data. To ensure securities
are  appropriately  classified  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  we  review  the  pricing  techniques  and  methodologies  of  the
independent pricing sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific
transactions  for  the  issue  valued  or  based  on  modeling  of  securities  with  similar  credit  quality,  duration,  yield  and
structure  that  were  recently  traded.  A  variety  of  inputs  are  utilized  by  the  independent  pricing  sources  including
benchmark yields, reported trades, non-binding broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two sided markets, benchmark
securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research publications. Inputs may be weighted differently for
any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation. Market indicators, industry and economic events
are also considered. This information is evaluated using a multidimensional pricing model. In addition, on a quarterly
basis, we perform quality controls over values received from the pricing source (the ‘‘Trustee’’) which include comparing
values to other independent pricing sources. In addition, we review annually the Trustee’s auditor’s report on internal
controls in order to determine that their controls around valuing securities are operating effectively. We have not made
any  adjustments  to  the  prices  obtained  from  the  independent  sources.

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the pension plan assets at fair value as of

December  31,  2015  and  2014.  There  were  no  securities  that  utilized  Level  3  inputs.

Pension  Plan
Assets  at  Fair  Value  as  of  December  31,  2015

Domestic  Mutual  Funds
Corporate  Bonds
U.S.  Government  Securities
Municipals
Foreign  Bonds
ETF’s
Pooled  Equity  Accounts

Total  Assets  at  fair  value

$

Level  1

1,442
–
3,133
–
–
5,676
–

Level  2
(In  thousands)
–
$
188,332
497
61,206
25,251
–
64,570

$

Total

1,442
188,332
3,630
61,206
25,251
5,676
64,570

$

10,251

$

339,856

$

350,107

108

Notes  (continued)

Pension  Plan
Assets  at  Fair  Value  as  of  December  31,  2014

Domestic  Mutual  Funds
Corporate  Bonds
U.S.  Government  Securities
Municipals
Foreign  Bonds
ETF’s
Pooled  Equity  Accounts

Total  Assets  at  fair  value

$

Level  1

9,913
–
5,327
–
–
5,636
–

Level  2
(In  thousands)
–
$
200,732
1,234
65,214
23,028
–
67,617

$

Total

9,913
200,732
6,561
65,214
23,028
5,636
67,617

$

20,876

$

357,825

$

378,701

The  pension  plan  has  implemented  a  strategy  to  reduce  risk  through  the  use  of  a  targeted  funded  ratio.  The
liability driven component is key to the asset allocation. The liability driven component seeks to align the duration of the
fixed  income  asset  allocation  with  the  expected  duration  of  the  plan  liabilities  or  benefit  payments.  Overall  asset
allocation  is  dynamic  and  specifies  target  allocation  weights  and  ranges  based  on  the  funded  status.

An improvement in funded status results in the de-risking of the portfolio, allocating more funds to fixed income
and  less  to  equity.  A  decline  in  funded  status  would  result  in  a  higher  allocation  to  equity.  The  maximum  equity
allocation  is  40%.

The equity investments utilize combinations of mutual funds, ETFs, and pooled equity account structures focused

on  the  following  strategies:

Strategy

Objective

Investment  types

Return  seeking  growth

Funded  ratio  improvement  over  the  long  term

Return  seeking  bridge

Downside  protection  in  the  event  of  a  declining  equity
market

(cid:129)
(cid:129)

(cid:129)
(cid:129)

Global  quality  growth
Global  low  volatility

Enduring  asset
Durable  company

The  fixed  income  objective  is  to  preserve  capital  and  to  provide  monthly  cash  flows  for  the  payment  of  plan
liabilities. Fixed income investments can include government, government agency, corporate, mortgage-backed, asset-
backed,  and  municipal  securities,  and  other  classes  of  bonds.  The  duration  of  the  fixed  income  portfolio  has  an
objective of being within one year of the duration of the accumulated benefit obligation. The fixed income investments
have  an  objective  of  a  weighted  average  credit  of  A3/A-/A-  by  Moody’s,  S&P,  and  Fitch,  respectively.

The following table sets forth the other postretirement benefits plan assets at fair value as of December 31, 2015

and  2014.  All  are  Level  1  assets.

109

Notes  (continued)

Other  Postretirement  Benefits  Plan
Assets  at  Fair  Value  as  of  December  31,  2015

Domestic  Mutual  Funds
International  Mutual  Funds

Total  Assets  at  fair  value

Other  Postretirement  Benefits  Plan
Assets  at  Fair  Value  as  of  December  31,  2014

Domestic  Mutual  Funds
International  Mutual  Funds

Total  Assets  at  fair  value

Level  1

Total

(In  thousands)

49,887
15,681

65,568

$

$

49,887
15,681

65,568

Level  1

Total

(In  thousands)

50,710
16,230

66,940

$

$

50,710
16,230

66,940

$

$

$

$

Our postretirement plan portfolio is designed to achieve the following objectives over each market cycle and for at

least  5  years:

(cid:129)

(cid:129)

Total  return  should  exceed  growth  in  the  Consumer  Price  Index  by  5.75%  annually

Achieve  competitive  investment  results

The  primary  focus  in  developing  asset  allocation  ranges  for  the  portfolio  is  the  assessment  of  the  portfolio’s
investment objectives and the level of risk that is acceptable to obtain those objectives. To achieve these goals the
minimum  and  maximum  allocation  ranges  for  fixed  income  securities  and  equity  securities  are:

Equities  (long  only)
Real  estate
Commodities
Fixed  income/Cash

Minimum

Maximum

70%
0%
0%
0%

100%
15%
10%
10%

Given  the  long  term  nature  of  this  portfolio  and  the  lack  of  any  immediate  need  for  significant  cash  flow,  it  is
anticipated  that  the  equity  investments  will  consist  of  growth  stocks  and  will  typically  be  at  the  higher  end  of  the
allocation  ranges  above.

Investment  in  international  oriented  funds  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  30%  of  the  equity  range.  The  current
international allocation is invested in two mutual funds with 3% of the equity allocation in a fund which has the objective
of  investing  primarily  in  equity  securities  of  emerging  market  countries,  and  21%  of  the  equity  allocation  in  a  fund
investing in securities of companies based outside the United States. It invests in companies primarily based in Europe
and the Pacific Basin, and primarily in equity investments although it may also hold cash, money market instruments,
and  fixed  maturity  securities  depending  on  market  conditions.

110

Notes  (continued)

The  following  tables  show  the  current  and  estimated  future  contributions  and  benefit  payments.

Company  Contributions

Company  Contributions  for  the  Year  Ending:
1. Current
2. Current  +  1

Benefit  Payments  (Total)

Actual  Benefit  Payments  for  the  Year  Ending:
1. Current
Expected  Benefit  Payments  for  the  Year  Ending:
2. Current  +  1
3. Current  +  2
4. Current  +  3
5. Current  +  4
6. Current  +  5
7. Current  +  6-10

Health  care  sensitivities

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans
12/31/2015

Other  Postretirement
Benefits
12/31/2015

(In  thousands)

$

17,311
11,350

$

–
–

Pension  and  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement  Plans
12/31/2015

Other  Postretirement
Benefits
12/31/2015

(In  thousands)

$

40,307

$

22,992
21,773
23,353
26,065
26,761
140,707

851

779
819
997
1,079
1,288
8,247

For measurement purposes, a 7.0% health care trend rate was used for benefits for retirees before they reach age
65 years for 2015. In 2016, the rate is assumed to be 7.0%, decreasing to 5.0% by 2020 and remaining at this level
beyond.

Assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rates  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  amounts  reported  for  the  other
postretirement benefits plan. A 1 percentage point change in the health care trend rate assumption would have the
following  effects  on  other  postretirement  benefits:

Effect  on  total  service  and  interest  cost  components
Effect  on  postretirement  benefit  obligation

1-Percentage
Point  Increase

1-Percentage
Point  Decrease

$

(In  thousands)
304
2,221

$

(253)
(1,959)

We have a profit sharing and 401(k) savings plan for employees. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, we
may make a contribution of up to 5% of each participant’s eligible compensation. We provide a matching 401(k) savings
contribution for employees on their before-tax contributions at a rate of 80% of the first $1,000 contributed and 40% of
the next $2,000 contributed. For employees hired after January 1, 2014, the match is 100% up to 4% contributed. We
recognized  expenses  related  to  these  plans  of  $5.1  million,  $5.0  million  and  $5.3  million  in  2015,  2014  and  2013,
respectively.

111

Notes  (continued)

14.

Income  Taxes

Net  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014  are  as  follows:

Total  deferred  tax  assets
Total  deferred  tax  liabilities

Net  deferred  tax  asset  before  valuation  allowance
Valuation  allowance

Net  deferred  tax  asset  (liability)

$

2015

2014

(In  thousands)

$

791,286
(29,206)

762,080
–

933,576
(33,789)

899,787
(902,289)

$

762,080

$

(2,502)

The  components  of  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  (liability)  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014  are  as  follows:

Unearned  premium  reserves
Benefit  plans
Federal  net  operating  loss
Loss  reserves
Unrealized  (appreciation)  depreciation  in  investments
Mortgage  investments
Deferred  compensation
Premium  deficiency  reserves
Other,  net

Net  deferred  tax  asset  before  valuation  allowance
Valuation  allowance

Net  deferred  tax  asset  (liability)

$

2015

2014

(In  thousands)

$

33,262
(14,283)
680,975
15,536
8,904
17,386
12,927
–
7,373

762,080
–

12,296
(13,900)
845,616
23,069
(2,800)
15,346
11,955
8,313
(108)

899,787
(902,289)

$

762,080

$

(2,502)

We  review  the  need  to  maintain  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  We  analyze
several  factors,  among  which  are  the  severity  and  frequency  of  operating  losses,  our  capacity  for  the  carryback  or
carryforward of any losses, the existence and current level of taxable operating income, operating results on a three
year cumulative basis, the expected occurrence of future income or loss, the expiration dates of the carryforwards, the
cyclical nature of our operating results, and available tax planning strategies. Based on our analysis, we reduced our
benefit  from  income  tax  through  the  recognition  of  a  valuation  allowance  from  the  first  quarter  of  2009  through  the
second  quarter  of  2015.

In the third quarter of 2015, based on our analysis, as described more fully below, we concluded that it was more
likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be fully realizable and that the valuation allowance was no longer
necessary.  Therefore,  we  reversed  the  valuation  allowance.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  we  reversed
$161.1 million of our valuation allowance based on income from 2015. The portion of the valuation allowance reversed
related to deferred tax assets that are expected to be realized in future years, totaling $747.5 million, is treated as a
discrete period item and is recognized as a component of the tax provision in continuing operations in the period of
release.  Furthermore,  in  determining  the  discrete  period  impact  from  the  reversal,  we  removed  the  prior  period
disproportionate tax effects that had arisen in other comprehensive income because of the valuation allowance. This
reduced the amount of tax benefit included in net income and resulted in an allocation of tax benefit of $60.8 million to
components  of  other  comprehensive  income.

112

Notes  (continued)

The  following  table  provides  a  rollforward  of  our  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  for  the  year  ended

December  31,  2015.

Balance  at  December  31,  2014
Reduction  in  tax  provision  in  current  year
Amounts  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the  current  year

Change  in  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  in  the  current  year

Reduction  in  tax  provision  for  amounts  to  be  realized  in  future  years
Amounts  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income  to  be  realized  in  future  years

Change  in  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  realizable  in  future  years
Balance  at  December  31,  2015

For  the  year
ended
December  31,
2015
(In  millions)

$

$

902.3
(161.1)
6.3

(154.8)

(686.7)
(60.8)

(747.5)
–

In our analysis we evaluated both subjective and objective evidence and assigned a weight to each. Significant
weight was given to our most recent operating results and our ability to sustain them. We have experienced a significant
reduction in losses incurred as our level of default notices received and in inventory has declined, as the effects of the
financial crisis continue to ebb. New insurance written in recent years has been of high quality and is expected to be
profitable  well  into  the  future.  Historically,  the  results  of  mortgage  insurers  have  been  cyclical,  where  periods  of
operating losses have been followed by significant amounts of income. All of these factors have had a positive effect on
operating  results.  Our  level  of  pre-tax  income  for  each  quarter  of  2015  was  at  least  $100  million.  We  viewed  the
recurring nature of our income as very important, objectively verifiable evidence and gave it great weight in our analysis.
Based on the above, we believe that we will have significant sources of pre-tax income which will allow for utilization of
our  deferred  tax  assets.

Generally, a significant component of any analysis for the recognition of deferred tax assets includes the objective
observation of operating results for a period of time. In this regard, we considered the level of cumulative operating
income, as adjusted for any permanent tax differences. There is no specific requirement that indicates the time span for
this  evaluation.  In  our  evaluation,  we  used  a  three  year  period.  Prior  to  the  third  quarter  of  2015,  this  three  year
cumulative total had been materially negative for an extended period of time, which we considered to be objectively
verifiable negative evidence which would not support the reversal of the valuation allowance. In the third quarter, this
amount  became  positive,  which  we  believe  provided  additional  objectively  verifiable  evidence  which  supported  the
reversal of the valuation allowance. The three year cumulative pre-tax income is $687.3 million as of December 31,
2015.

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2013,  our  net  operating  loss  carryforward  (‘‘NOL’’)  for  U.S.  federal  regular  income  tax
purposes  reached  $2.6  billion,  which  was  the  highest  amount  it  attained.  As  of  December  31,  2015,  the  estimated
remaining NOLs total $1.9 billion, a reduction of $670 million in two years. At this rate, and without taking into account
any improvement in earnings, we would utilize the NOL within six years. In addition to this history of the utilization of our
NOLs, we considered that the amount of income that we have been generating has been increasing over time. In 2015,
we reduced our NOLs by $471 million, whereas in 2014 that amount was $199 million. At the 2015 rate, we would utilize
the NOLs on our return by the end of 2020. The earliest current expiration date for our NOLs is 2029. This recent history
of  positive  earnings  trends  indicates  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  NOLs  would  be  utilized  well  before  they
expire.  Further,  we  currently  have  no  limitations  under  the  change  in  control  provisions  of  Internal  Revenue  Code
Section 382, which would reduce our ability to utilize our NOLs. We have taken steps, primarily through our Amended
and Restated Rights Agreement, to attempt to prevent any change in control which would limit the utilization of our
NOLs.

113

Notes  (continued)

The effect of the change in valuation allowance on the provision for (benefit from) income taxes was as follows:

Provision  for  (benefit  from)  income  taxes  before  valuation  allowance
Change  in  valuation  allowance
Reversal  of  the  valuation  allowance

$

163,497
(161,158)
(686,652)

2015

2014
(In  thousands)
91,607
$
(88,833)
–

2013

$

(17,239)
20,935
–

(Benefit  from)  provision  for  income  taxes

$ (684,313) $

2,774

$

3,696

The  change  in  the  valuation  allowance  that  was  included  in  other  comprehensive  income  was  a  decrease  of
$54.5 million, a decrease of $13.1 million, and an increase of $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015,
2014 and 2013, respectively. The remaining valuation allowance was reversed in the third quarter of 2015. The total
valuation  allowance  as  of  December  31,  2014  and  2013  was  $902.3  million  and  $1,004.2  million,  respectively.

Giving full effect to the carryback of net operating losses for federal income tax purposes, we have approximately
$1,946  million  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  on  a  regular  tax  basis  and  $1,051  million  of  net  operating  loss
carryforwards for computing the alternative minimum tax as of December 31, 2015. Any unutilized carryforwards are
scheduled  to  expire  at  the  end  of  tax  years  2029  through  2033.

The  following  summarizes  the  components  of  the  provision  for  (benefit  from)  income  taxes:

Current  Federal
Deferred  Federal
Other

(Benefit  from)  provision  for  income  taxes

2015

$

8,067
(686,652)
(5,728)

2014
(In  thousands)
2,391
$
1
382

$

$ (684,313) $

2,774

$

2013

916
7
2,773

3,696

We paid $5.4 million, $1.3 million, and $0.1 million in federal income tax in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate (benefit) provision is as follows:

Federal  statutory  income  tax  rate
Valuation  allowance
Tax  exempt  municipal  bond  interest
Other,  net

Effective  tax  rate  (benefit)  provision

2015

2014

2013

35.0%
(173.8)%
(0.8)%
(0.7)%

(140.3)%

35.0%
(34.9)%
(0.4)%
1.4%

1.1%

(35.0)%
45.4%
(3.7)%
1.3%

8.0%

As previously disclosed, the Internal Revenue Service (‘‘IRS’’) completed examinations of our federal income tax
returns for the years 2000 through 2007 and issued proposed assessments for taxes, interest and penalties related to
our treatment of the flow-through income and loss from an investment in a portfolio of residual interests of Real Estate
Mortgage Investment Conduits (‘‘REMICs’’). The IRS indicated that it did not believe that, for various reasons, we had
established sufficient tax basis in the REMIC residual interests to deduct the losses from taxable income. We appealed
these assessments within the IRS and in August 2010, we reached a tentative settlement agreement with the IRS which
was  not  finalized.

114

Notes  (continued)

On September 10, 2014, we received Notices of Deficiency (commonly referred to as ‘‘90 day letters’’) covering
the  2000-2007  tax  years.  The  Notices  of  Deficiency  reflect  taxes  and  penalties  related  to  the  REMIC  matters  of
$197.5  million  and  at  December  31,  2015,  there  would  also  be  interest  related  to  these  matters  of  approximately
$182.9 million. In 2007, we made a payment of $65.2 million to the United States Department of the Treasury which will
reduce  any  amounts  we  would  ultimately  owe.  The  Notices  of  Deficiency  also  reflect  additional  amounts  due  of
$261.4 million, which are primarily associated with the disallowance of the carryback of the 2009 net operating loss to
the 2004 - 2007 tax years. We believe the IRS included the carryback adjustments as a precaution to keep open the
statute of limitations on collection of the tax that was refunded when this loss was carried back, and not because the
IRS  actually  intends  to  disallow  the  carryback  permanently.

We  filed  a  petition  with  the  U.S.  Tax  Court  contesting  most  of  the  IRS’  proposed  adjustments  reflected  in  the
Notices of Deficiency and the IRS has filed an answer to our petition which continues to assert their claim. Litigation to
resolve  our  dispute  with  the  IRS  could  be  lengthy  and  costly  in  terms  of  legal  fees  and  related  expenses.  We  can
provide no assurance regarding the outcome of any such litigation or whether a compromised settlement with the IRS
will ultimately be reached and finalized. Depending on the outcome of this matter, additional state income taxes and
state interest may become due when a final resolution is reached. As of December 31, 2015, those state taxes and
interest  would  approximate  $48.8  million.  In  addition,  there  could  also  be  state  tax  penalties.  Our  total  amount  of
unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 is $107.1 million, which represents the tax benefits generated by
the REMIC portfolio included in our tax returns that we have not taken benefit for in our financial statements, including
any related interest. We continue to believe that our previously recorded tax provisions and liabilities are appropriate.
However, we would need to make appropriate adjustments, which could be material, to our tax provision and liabilities if
our view of the probability of success in this matter changes, and the ultimate resolution of this matter could have a
material  negative  impact  on  our  effective  tax  rate,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  available  assets  and  statutory
capital.  In  this  regard,  see  Note  17  –  ‘‘Capital  Requirements  –  Capital-GSEs.’’

In January 2013, we received a Revenue Agent’s Report from the IRS related to the examination of our federal
income tax return for the year 2010. In October 2014, we received a Revenue Agent’s Report from the IRS related to
the examination of our federal income tax returns for the years 2011 and 2012. The results of these examinations had
no  material  effect  on  the  financial  statements.

Under current guidance, when evaluating a tax position for recognition and measurement, an entity shall presume
that the tax position will be examined by the relevant taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.
The interpretation adopts a benefit recognition model with a two-step approach, a more-likely-than-not threshold for
recognition and derecognition, and a measurement attribute that is the greatest amount of benefit that is cumulatively
greater  than  50%  likely  of  being  realized.  A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  amount  of  unrecognized  tax
benefits  is  as  follows:

Balance  at  beginning  of  year
Additions  based  on  tax  positions  related  to  the  current  year
Additions  for  tax  positions  of  prior  years
Reductions  for  tax  positions  of  prior  years
Settlements

Balance  at  end  of  year

$

2015

106,230
–
890
–
–

2014
(In  thousands)
105,366
$
–
864
–
–

$

2013

104,550
–
816
–
–

$

107,120

$

106,230

$

105,366

The total amount of the unrecognized tax benefits, related to our aforementioned REMIC issue, which would affect
our effective tax rate is $93.9 million. We recognize interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits
in  income  taxes.  During  2015,  we  recognized  $0.9  million  in  interest.  As  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  we  had

115

Notes  (continued)

$27.8  million  and  $26.9  million  of  accrued  interest  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions,  respectively.  The  statute  of
limitations related to the consolidated federal income tax return is closed for all years prior to 2000. It is reasonably
possible that our 2000-2007 federal tax case will be resolved, other than through litigation. If it is resolved under terms
similar  to  our  tentative  settlement  agreement  that  was  not  finalized,  our  total  unrecognized  tax  benefits  would  be
reduced by $107.1 million during 2016. After taking into account prior payments and the effect of available net operating
loss  carrybacks,  any  net  cash  outflows  would  approximate  $26  million.

15. Shareholders’  Equity

Our Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated July 25, 2012, which was approved by shareholders, was
amended and restated on July 23, 2015. It seeks to diminish the risk that our ability to use our NOLs to reduce potential
future federal income tax obligations may become substantially limited and to deter certain abusive takeover practices.
The benefit of the NOLs would be substantially limited, and the timing of the usage of the NOLs could be substantially
delayed, if we were to experience an ‘‘ownership change’’ as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Under  the  Agreement  each  outstanding  share  of  our  Common  Stock  is  accompanied  by  one  Right.  The
Distribution Date occurs on the earlier of ten days after a public announcement that a person has become an Acquiring
Person, or ten business days after a person announces or begins a tender offer in which consummation of such offer
would result in a person becoming an Acquiring Person. An Acquiring Person is any person that becomes, by itself or
together with its affiliates and associates, a beneficial owner of 5% or more of the shares of our Common Stock then
outstanding, but excludes, among others, certain exempt and grandfathered persons as defined in the Agreement. The
Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. Each Right will initially entitle shareholders to buy one-tenth of one
share of our Common Stock at a Purchase Price of $45 per full share (equivalent to $4.50 for each one-tenth share),
subject to adjustment. Each exercisable Right (subject to certain limitations) will entitle its holder to purchase, at the
Rights’ then-current Purchase Price, a number of our shares of Common Stock (or if after the Shares Acquisition Date,
we are acquired in a business combination, common shares of the acquiror) having a market value at the time equal to
twice  the  Purchase  Price.  The  Rights  will  expire  on  August  1,  2018,  or  earlier  as  described  in  the  Agreement.  The
Rights are redeemable at a price of $0.001 per Right at any time prior to the time a person becomes an Acquiring
Person.  Other  than  certain  amendments,  the  Board  of  Directors  may  amend  the  Rights  in  any  respect  without  the
consent  of  the  holders  of  the  Rights.

In March 2013 we completed the public offering and sale of 135 million shares of our common stock at a price of
$5.15 per share. We received net proceeds of approximately $663.3 million, after deducting underwriting discount and
offering expenses. The shares of common stock sold were newly issued shares. In March 2013 we also concurrently
completed the sale of $500 million principal amount of 2% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2020. For more information,
see  Note  8  –  ‘‘Debt.’’

In June 2013, we amended our Articles of Incorporation to increase our authorized common stock from 680 million
shares  to  1.0  billion  shares.  We  have  28.9  million  authorized  shares  reserved  for  conversion  under  our  convertible
junior subordinated debentures and 96.7 million authorized shares reserved for conversion under our convertible senior
notes.  (See  Note  8  –  ‘‘Debt’’)

16. Dividend  Restrictions

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  our  holding  company  suspended  the  payment  of  dividends  to  shareholders.

The convertible senior notes and convertible debentures, discussed in Note 8 – ‘‘Debt,’’ are obligations of MGIC
Investment  Corporation,  our  holding  company,  and  not  of  its  subsidiaries.  Our  holding  company  has  no  material
sources  of  cash  inflows  other  than  investment  income,  dividends  from  subsidiaries  and  capital  raised  in  the  public
markets. MGIC is the principal source of dividend-paying capacity. Although MGIC has not paid any dividends to our

116

Notes  (continued)

holding  company  since  2008,  we  are  discussing  with  the  Office  of  the  Commissioner  of  Insurance  of  the  State  of
Wisconsin  (the  ‘‘OCI’’)  the  resumption  of  ongoing  extraordinary  dividends  in  2016.  During  2015,  dividends  of
$38.5  million  were  paid  to  the  holding  company  from  other  insurance  subsidiaries.

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to state insurance regulations as to maintenance of policyholders’ surplus
and  payment  of  dividends.  The  maximum  amount  of  dividends  that  the  insurance  subsidiaries  may  pay  in  any
twelve-month period without regulatory approval by the OCI is the lesser of adjusted statutory net income or 10% of
statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the preceding calendar year end. Adjusted statutory net income is defined for this
purpose to be the greater of statutory net income, net of realized investment gains, for the calendar year preceding the
date of the dividend or statutory net income, net of realized investment gains, for the three calendar years preceding the
date  of  the  dividend  less  dividends  paid  within  the  first  two  of  the  preceding  three  calendar  years.

17. Capital  Requirements

Capital  –  GSEs

Substantially all of our insurance written since 2008 has been for loans purchased by the GSEs. The GSEs each
revised  its  PMIERs  effective  December  31,  2015.  The  financial  requirements  of  the  PMIERs  require  a  mortgage
insurer’s  ‘‘Available  Assets’’  (generally  only  the  most  liquid  assets  of  an  insurer)  to  equal  or  exceed  its  ‘‘Minimum
Required Assets’’ (which are based on an insurer’s book and are calculated from tables of factors with several risk
dimensions  and  are  subject  to  a  floor  amount).

Based on our interpretation of the PMIERs, as of December 31, 2015, MGIC’s Available Assets are in excess of
its Minimum Required Assets; and MGIC is in compliance with the financial requirements of the PMIERs and eligible to
insure  loans  purchased  by  the  GSEs.

Statutory  Accounting  Principles

The statutory financial statements of our insurance companies are presented on the basis of accounting practices
prescribed or permitted by the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin, which has adopted
the NAIC statutory accounting practices as the basis of its statutory accounting practices (‘‘SSAP’’). For the years 2014
and 2013 we utilized a permitted practice approved by the OCI to recognize a portion of our net deferred tax assets as
admitted assets, discussed further below. In converting from statutory to GAAP, typical adjustments include deferral of
policy acquisition costs, the inclusion of net unrealized holding gains or losses in shareholders’ equity relating to fixed
maturities  and  the  inclusion  of  statutory  non-admitted  assets.

Under a permitted practice effective September 30, 2012, the OCI had approved MGIC to report its net deferred
tax  asset  as  an  admitted  asset  in  an  amount  not  to  exceed  10%  of  adjusted  surplus  as  regards  policyholders,
notwithstanding any contrary provisions of SSAP No. 101. Deferred tax assets of $138 million were included in MGIC’s
statutory capital at December 31, 2014. Due to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance reversal as of September 30,
2015, MGIC no longer relies on the permitted practice and the deferred tax asset is admitted according to the stated
provisions of SSAP No. 101. Under the stated provisions of SSAP No. 101, the admitted net deferred tax asset is 15%
of adjusted surplus as regards policyholders. Net deferred tax assets of $205 million were included in MGIC’s statutory
capital  as  of  December  31,  2015.

In  addition  to  the  typical  adjustments  from  statutory  to  GAAP,  mortgage  insurance  companies  are  required  to
maintain contingency loss reserves equal to 50% of premiums earned under SSAP and practices prescribed by the
OCI, Such amounts cannot be withdrawn for a period of ten years except as permitted by insurance regulations. With
regulatory  approval  a  mortgage  guaranty  insurance  company  may  make  early  withdrawals  from  the  contingency
reserve  when  incurred  losses  exceed  35%  of  net  premiums  earned  in  a  calendar  year.  For  the  year  ended  2015,

117

Notes  (continued)

MGIC’s losses incurred were 37% of net premiums earned. Changes in contingency loss reserves impact the statutory
statement  of  operations.  Contingency  loss  reserves  are  not  reflected  as  liabilities  under  GAAP  and  changes  in
contingency loss reserves do not impact the GAAP statements of operations. A premium deficiency reserve that may be
recorded on a GAAP basis when the present value of expected future losses and expenses exceeds the present value
of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves, may not be recorded on a statutory basis if the
present value of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves and statutory contingency reserves,
exceeds the present value of expected future losses and expenses. On a GAAP basis, when calculating a premium
deficiency reserve policies are grouped based on how they are acquired, serviced and measured. On a statutory basis,
a  premium  deficiency  reserve  is  calculated  on  all  policies  in  force.

The  statutory  net  (loss)  income,  surplus  and  contingency  reserve  liability  of  the  insurance  subsidiaries  of  our
holding company, as well as the surplus contributions made to MGIC and other insurance subsidiaries and dividends
paid by MGIC and other insurance subsidiaries to us, are shown in the tables below. The statutory net loss in 2015 was
driven by the dissolution of an MGIC non-insurance subsidiary. The surplus amounts included below are the combined
surplus  of  our  insurance  operations  as  utilized  in  our  risk-to-capital  calculations.

Years  Ended  December  31,

Net  (loss)  income

Surplus
(In  thousands)

Contingency
Reserve

2015
2014
2013

$

(72,767)(1) $
13,203
(8,046)

$

1,608,214(1)
1,585,164
1,584,121

826,706
318,247
18,558

(1) The dissolution of an MGIC non-insurance subsidiary in 2015 had no impact on statutory surplus as the equity

value  of  the  investment  was  fully  reflected  in  surplus  as  an  unrealized  loss  prior  to  2015.

Additions  to  the
surplus  of
MGIC  from
parent  company
funds

Additions  to  the
surplus  of
other  insurance
subsidiaries  from
parent  company
funds

Dividends  paid  by
MGIC  to  the
parent
company

Dividends  paid  by
other  insurance
subsidiaries
to  the  parent
company

$

$

–
–
800,000

(In  thousands)

$

–
–
–

$

–
–
–

38,500
–
–

Years  Ended  December  31,

2015
2014
2013

Statutory  Capital  Requirements

The insurance laws of 16 jurisdictions, including Wisconsin, our domiciliary state, require a mortgage insurer to
maintain  a  minimum  amount  of  statutory  capital  relative  to  the  risk  in  force  (or  a  similar  measure)  in  order  for  the
mortgage  insurer  to  continue  to  write  new  business.  We  refer  to  these  requirements  as  the  ‘‘State  Capital
Requirements’’  and,  together  with  the  GSE  Financial  Requirements,  the  ‘‘Financial  Requirements.’’  While  they  vary
among jurisdictions, the most common State Capital Requirements allow for a maximum risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1.
A risk-to-capital ratio will increase if (i) the percentage decrease in capital exceeds the percentage decrease in insured
risk, or (ii) the percentage increase in capital is less than the percentage increase in insured risk. Wisconsin does not
regulate capital by using a risk-to-capital measure but instead requires a minimum policyholder position (‘‘MPP’’). The
‘‘policyholder  position’’  of  a  mortgage  insurer  is  its  net  worth  or  surplus,  contingency  reserve  and  a  portion  of  the
reserves  for  unearned  premiums.

118

Notes  (continued)

At December 31, 2015, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio was 12.1 to 1, below the maximum allowed by the jurisdictions
with State Capital Requirements and its policyholder position was $1.2 billion above the required MPP of $1.1 billion. In
calculating  our  risk-to-capital  ratio  and  MPP,  we  are  allowed  full  credit  for  the  risk  ceded  under  our  reinsurance
transaction  with  a  group  of  unaffiliated  reinsurers.  It  is  possible  that  under  the  revised  State  Capital  Requirements
discussed below, MGIC will not be allowed full credit for the risk ceded to the reinsurers. If MGIC is not allowed an
agreed level of credit under either the State Capital Requirements or the PMIERs, MGIC may terminate the reinsurance
agreement,  without  penalty.  At  this  time,  we  expect  MGIC  to  continue  to  comply  with  the  current  State  Capital
Requirements; however, you should read the rest of these financial statement footnotes for information about matters
that  could  negatively  affect  such  compliance.

At December 31, 2015, the risk-to-capital ratio of our combined insurance operations (which includes reinsurance
affiliates) was 13.6 to 1. Reinsurance agreements with affiliates permit MGIC to write insurance with a higher coverage
percentage  than  it  could  on  its  own  under  certain  state-specific  requirements.  A  higher  risk-to-capital  ratio  on  a
combined basis may indicate that, in order for MGIC to continue to utilize reinsurance agreements with its affiliates,
additional  capital  contributions  to  the  reinsurance  affiliates  could  be  needed.

The NAIC previously announced that it plans to revise the minimum capital and surplus requirements for mortgage
insurers that are provided for in its Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Model Act. A working group of state regulators is
drafting  the  revisions,  although  no  date  has  been  established  by  which  the  NAIC  must  propose  revisions  to  such
requirements.  Depending  on  the  scope  of  revisions  made  by  the  NAIC,  MGIC  may  be  prevented  from  writing  new
business  in  the  jurisdictions  adopting  such  revisions.

If MGIC fails to meet the State Capital Requirements of Wisconsin and is unable to obtain a waiver of them from
the OCI, MGIC could be prevented from writing new business in all jurisdictions. If MGIC fails to meet the State Capital
Requirements of a jurisdiction other than Wisconsin and is unable to obtain a waiver of them, MGIC could be prevented
from writing new business in that particular jurisdiction. It is possible that regulatory action by one or more jurisdictions,
including those that do not have specific State Capital Requirements, may prevent MGIC from continuing to write new
insurance in such jurisdictions. If we are unable to write business in all jurisdictions, lenders may be unwilling to procure
insurance from us anywhere. In addition, a lender’s assessment of the future ability of our insurance operations to meet
the State Capital Requirements or the PMIERs may affect its willingness to procure insurance from us. A possible future
failure by MGIC to meet the State Capital Requirements or the PMIERs will not necessarily mean that MGIC lacks
sufficient  resources  to  pay  claims  on  its  insurance  liabilities.  While  we  believe  MGIC  has  sufficient  claims  paying
resources to meet its claim obligations on its insurance in force on a timely basis, you should read the rest of these
financial statement footnotes for information about matters that could negatively affect MGIC’s claims paying resources.

18. Share-based  Compensation  Plans

We have certain share-based compensation plans. Under the fair value method, compensation cost is measured
at  the  grant  date  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  award  and  is  recognized  over  the  service  period  which  generally
corresponds  to  the  vesting  period.  The  fair  value  of  awards  classified  as  liabilities  is  remeasured  at  each  reporting
period until the award is settled. Awards under our plans generally vest over periods ranging from one to three years.

We have an omnibus incentive plan that was adopted on April 23, 2015. When the 2015 plan was adopted, no
further awards could be made under our previous 2011 plan. The purpose of the 2015 plan is to motivate and incent
performance  by,  and  to  retain  the  services  of,  key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  through  receipt  of
equity-based and other incentive awards under the plan. The maximum number of shares of stock that can be awarded
under the 2015 plan is 10.0 million. Awards issued under the plan that are subsequently forfeited will not count against
the limit on the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the plan. The 2015 plan provides for the award of
stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units, as well as cash incentive awards. No
awards may be granted after April 23, 2025 under the 2015 plan. The vesting provisions of options, restricted stock and

119

Notes  (continued)

restricted  stock  units  are  determined  at  the  time  of  grant.  Shares  issued  under  the  2015  plan  will  be  newly  issued
shares.

The  compensation  cost  that  has  been  charged  against  income  for  share-based  plans  was  $11.9  million,
$9.2 million, and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The related income
tax benefit, before valuation allowance, recognized for share-based plans was $4.2 million, $3.2 million, and $2.3 million
for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See Note 14 – ‘‘Income Taxes’’ for a discussion
of  our  valuation  allowance.

There have been no options granted since 2004, and no options exercised since 2007. At December 31, 2013, all
529,800 options outstanding were exercisable at a price of $68.20 each. All of these options expired in January 2014
without  being  exercised.

A summary of restricted stock or restricted stock unit (collectively called ‘‘restricted stock’’) activity during 2015 is

as  follows:

Restricted  stock  outstanding  at  December  31,  2014
Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Restricted  stock  outstanding  at  December  31,  2015

Weighted  Average
Grant  Date  Fair
Market  Value

$

$

6.33
9.03
5.92
4.39

7.97

Shares

3,852,391
1,554,100
(1,893,116)
(193,908)

3,319,467

At December 31, 2015, the 3.3 million shares of restricted stock outstanding consisted of 2.4 million shares that
are subject to performance conditions (‘‘performance shares’’) and 0.9 million shares that are subject only to service
conditions (‘‘time vested shares’’). The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted during 2014
and  2013  was  $8.43  and  $2.75,  respectively.  The  fair  value  of  restricted  stock  granted  is  the  closing  price  of  the
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant. The total fair value of restricted stock vested
during  2015,  2014  and  2013  was  $17.2  million,  $12.1  million,  and  $4.3  million,  respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, there was $14.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested
share-based  compensation  agreements  granted  under  the  plans.  Of  this  total,  $10.6  million  of  unrecognized
compensation  costs  relate  to  performance  shares  and  $3.6  million  relates  to  time  vested  shares.  A  portion  of  the
unrecognized costs associated with the performance shares may or may not be recognized in future periods, depending
upon whether or not the performance and service conditions are met. The cost associated with the time vested shares
is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted-average  period  of  1.6  years.

In 2011, we granted 449,350 shares of restricted stock units that were to be settled as cash payments over the
vesting period under our 2002 stock incentive plan. As of December 31, 2014, all shares granted under this award had
either  vested  or  been  forfeited.  Cash  payments  at  vesting  were  $1.2  million  in  2014.

At December 31, 2015, 9.97 million shares were available for future grant under the 2015 omnibus incentive plan.

19. Leases

We lease certain office space as well as data processing equipment and autos under operating leases that expire

during  the  next  six  years.  Generally,  rental  payments  are  fixed.

120

Notes  (continued)

Total rental expense under operating leases was $2.2 million in 2015, $2.8 million in 2014, and $4.6 million in

2013.

At  December  31,  2015,  minimum  future  operating  lease  payments  are  as  follows  (in  thousands):

2016
2017
2018
2019
2020  and  thereafter

Total

20. Litigation  and  Contingencies

$

742
636
486
498
512

$

2,874

Before  paying  a  claim,  we  review  the  loan  and  servicing  files  to  determine  the  appropriateness  of  the  claim
amount. All of our insurance policies provide that we can reduce or deny a claim if the servicer did not comply with its
obligations under our insurance policy, including the requirement to mitigate our loss by performing reasonable loss
mitigation efforts or, for example, diligently pursuing a foreclosure or bankruptcy relief in a timely manner. We call such
reduction of claims submitted to us ‘‘curtailments.’’ In each of 2014 and 2015, curtailments reduced our average claim
paid by approximately 6.7%. After we pay a claim, servicers and insureds sometimes object to our curtailments and
other  adjustments.  We  review  these  objections  if  they  are  sent  to  us  within  90  days  after  the  claim  was  paid.

When reviewing the loan file associated with a claim, we may determine that we have the right to rescind coverage
on the loan. (We refer to insurance rescissions and denials of claims collectively as ‘‘rescissions’’ and variations of that
term.) In recent quarters, approximately 5% of claims received in a quarter have been resolved by rescissions, down
from the peak of approximately 28% in the first half of 2009. Our loss reserving methodology incorporates our estimates
of future rescissions, reversals of rescissions and curtailments. A variance between ultimate actual rescission, reversal
and curtailment rates and our estimates, as a result of the outcome of litigation, settlements or other factors, could
materially  affect  our  losses.

If the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, we generally engage in discussions in an attempt to settle the
dispute. As part of those discussions, we may voluntarily suspend rescissions we believe may be part of a settlement.
Certain  settlements  require  GSE  approval.  The  GSEs  consented  to  settlement  agreements  we  entered  into  with
Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. (‘‘CHL’’) and its affiliate, Bank of America, N.A., as successor to Countrywide Home
Loans Servicing LP, but there is no guarantee they will approve others. We have reached and implemented settlement
agreements  that  do  not  require  GSE  approval,  but  they  have  not  been  material  in  the  aggregate.

If  we  are  unable  to  reach  a  settlement,  the  outcome  of  a  dispute  ultimately  would  be  determined  by  legal
proceedings.  Under  our  policies  in  effect  prior  to  October  1,  2014,  legal  proceedings  disputing  our  right  to  rescind
coverage  may  be  brought  up  to  three  years  after  the  lender  has  obtained  title  to  the  property  (typically  through  a
foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, and under our master policy
effective October 1, 2014, such proceedings may be brought up to two years from the date of the notice of rescission. In
a  few  jurisdictions  there  is  a  longer  time  to  bring  such  proceedings.

Until  a  liability  associated  with  a  settlement  agreement  or  litigation  becomes  probable  and  can  be  reasonably
estimated,  we  consider  our  claim  payment  or  rescission  resolved  for  financial  reporting  purposes  even  though
discussions and legal proceedings may have been initiated and are ongoing. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss
from  such  discussions  and  proceedings  is  accrued  for  only  if  we  determine  that  the  loss  is  probable  and  can  be

121

Notes  (continued)

reasonably estimated. The estimated impact that we have recorded is our best estimate of our loss from these matters.
If we are not able to implement settlements we consider probable, we intend to defend MGIC vigorously against any
related  legal  proceedings.

In addition to the probable settlements for which we have recorded a loss, we are involved in other discussions
and/or proceedings with insureds with respect to our claims paying practices. Although it is reasonably possible that
when these matters are resolved we will not prevail in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range
of  estimates  of  the  potential  liability.  We  estimate  the  maximum  exposure  associated  with  matters  where  a  loss  is
reasonably possible to be approximately $317 million, although we believe we will ultimately resolve these matters for
significantly less than this amount. This estimate includes the maximum exposure for losses that we have determined
are  probable  in  excess  of  the  provision  we  have  recorded  for  such  losses.

The estimates of our maximum exposure referred to above do not include interest or consequential or exemplary

damages.

Mortgage  insurers,  including  MGIC,  have  been  involved  in  litigation  alleging  violations  of  the  anti-referral  fee
provisions  of  the  Real  Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  which  is  commonly  known  as  RESPA,  and  the  notice
provisions of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which is commonly known as FCRA. MGIC’s settlement of class action
litigation against it under RESPA became final in October 2003. MGIC settled the named plaintiffs’ claims in litigation
against it under FCRA in December 2004, following denial of class certification in June 2004. Since December 2006,
class  action  litigation  has  been  brought  against  a  number  of  large  lenders  alleging  that  their  captive  mortgage
reinsurance  arrangements  violated  RESPA.  Beginning  in  December  2011,  MGIC,  together  with  various  mortgage
lenders and other mortgage insurers, was named as a defendant in twelve lawsuits, alleged to be class actions, filed in
various U.S. District Courts. The complaints in all of the cases alleged various causes of action related to the captive
mortgage reinsurance arrangements of the mortgage lenders, including that the lenders’ captive reinsurers received
excessive premiums in relation to the risk assumed by those captives, thereby violating RESPA. As of the end of the
first quarter of 2015, MGIC had been dismissed from all twelve cases. There can be no assurance that we will not be
subject to further litigation under RESPA (or FCRA) or that the outcome of any such litigation would not have a material
adverse  effect  on  us.

In 2013, we entered into a settlement with the CFPB that resolved a federal investigation of MGIC’s participation in
captive reinsurance arrangements without the CFPB or the court making any findings of wrongdoing. As part of the
settlement, MGIC agreed that it would not enter into any new captive reinsurance agreement or reinsure any new loans
under any existing captive reinsurance agreement for a period of ten years. MGIC had voluntarily suspended most of its
captive arrangements in 2008 in response to market conditions and GSE requests. In connection with the settlement,
MGIC  paid  a  civil  penalty  of  $2.65  million  and  the  court  issued  an  injunction  prohibiting  MGIC  from  violating  any
provisions  of  RESPA.

In  2015,  MGIC  executed  a  Consent  Order  with  the  Minnesota  Department  of  Commerce  that  resolved  that
department’s  investigation  of  captive  reinsurance  matters  without  making  any  findings  of  wrongdoing.  The  Consent
Order provided, among other things, that MGIC is prohibited from entering into any new captive reinsurance agreement
or  reinsuring  any  new  loans  under  any  existing  captive  reinsurance  agreement  for  a  period  of  ten  years.

Various regulators, including the CFPB, state insurance commissioners and state attorneys general may bring
other  actions  seeking  various  forms  of  relief  in  connection  with  alleged  violations  of  RESPA.  The  insurance  law
provisions of many states prohibit paying for the referral of insurance business and provide various mechanisms to
enforce this prohibition. While we believe our practices are in conformity with applicable laws and regulations, it is not
possible to predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of any such reviews or investigations nor is it possible to
predict  their  effect  on  us  or  the  mortgage  insurance  industry.

122

Notes  (continued)

Through  a  non-insurance  subsidiary,  we  utilize  our  underwriting  skills  to  provide  an  outsourced  underwriting
service to our customers known as contract underwriting. As part of the contract underwriting activities, that subsidiary
is responsible for the quality of the underwriting decisions in accordance with the terms of the contract underwriting
agreements with customers. That subsidiary may be required to provide certain remedies to its customers if certain
standards relating to the quality of our underwriting work are not met, and we have an established reserve for such
future obligations. Claims for remedies may be made a number of years after the underwriting work was performed.
Beginning  in  the  second  half  of  2009,  our  subsidiary  experienced  an  increase  in  claims  for  contract  underwriting
remedies,  which  continued  throughout  2012.  The  related  contract  underwriting  remedy  expense  was  approximately
$4 million and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The underwriting remedy
expense  for  2015  was  approximately  $1  million,  but  may  increase  in  the  future.

In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of
business. In our opinion, based on the facts known at this time, the ultimate resolution of these ordinary course legal
proceedings  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  position  or  results  of  operations.

See  Note  14  –  ‘‘Income  Taxes’’  for  a  description  of  federal  income  tax  contingencies.

21. Unaudited  Quarterly  Financial  Data

2015:

$

Net  premiums  earned
Investment  income,  net  of  expenses
Realized  gains
Other  revenue
Loss  incurred,  net
Underwriting  and  other  expenses,  net
Provision  (benefit)  for  income  tax
Net  income
Income  per  share(a)(b):
Basic
Diluted

First

217,288
24,120
26,327
2,480
81,785
51,969
3,385
133,076

0.39
0.32

Full
Year

$

896,222
103,741
28,361
12,457
343,547
209,547
(684,313)
1,172,000

3.45
2.60

Quarter

Second

Third
(In  thousands,  except  per  share  data)

Fourth

$

213,508
25,756
166
3,699
90,238
37,915
1,322
113,654

0.33
0.28

$

$

239,234
25,939
640
3,698
76,458
65,805
(695,604)
822,852

2.42
1.78

226,192
27,926
1,228
2,580
95,066
53,858
6,584
102,418

0.30
0.24

123

Notes  (continued)

Quarter

2014:

$

Net  premiums  earned
Investment  income,  net  of  expenses
Realized  (losses)  gains
Other  revenue
Loss  incurred,  net
Underwriting  and  other  expenses,  net
Provision  for  income  tax
Net  income
Income  per  share(a)(b):
Basic
Diluted

$

First

214,261
20,156
(231)
896
122,608
51,766
726
59,982

0.18
0.15

Second

Third
(In  thousands,  except  per  share  data)

Fourth

$

$

$

207,486
21,180
522
2,048
141,141
43,455
1,118
45,522

0.13
0.12

209,035
22,355
632
3,093
115,254
47,595
249
72,017

0.21
0.18

213,589
23,956
434
2,385
117,074
48,181
681
74,428

0.22
0.19

Full
Year

844,371
87,647
1,357
8,422
496,077
190,997
2,774
251,949

0.74
0.64

(a) Due  to  the  use  of  weighted  average  shares  outstanding  when  calculating  earnings  per  share,  the  sum  of  the

quarterly  per  share  data  may  not  equal  the  per  share  data  for  the  year.

(b)

In  periods  where  convertible  debt  instruments  are  dilutive  to  earnings  per  share  the  ‘‘if-converted’’  method  of
computing  diluted  EPS  requires  an  interest  expense  adjustment,  net  of  tax,  to  net  income  available  to
shareholders. The interest expense adjustment was not tax effected for all 2014 periods presented due to our
valuation allowance on deferred tax assets. See Note 3 – ‘‘Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’ for further
discussion.

124

Directors

Daniel  A.  Arrigoni
Former  President  and  Chief  Executive

Officer

U.S.  Bank  Home  Mortgage  Corp.
Minneapolis,  MN
Home  loan  originator  and  servicer

Curt  S.  Culver
Chairman
Former  Chief  Executive  Officer
MGIC  Investment  Corporation
Milwaukee,  WI

Timothy  A.  Holt
Former  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief

Investment  Officer

Aetna,  Inc.
Hartford,  CT
Diversified  health  care  benefits  company

Cassandra  C.  Carr
Consultant
San  Antonio,  TX

C.  Edward  Chaplin
Executive  Vice  President
MBIA  Inc.
Purchase,  NY
Provider  of  financial  guarantee

insurance

Kenneth  M.  Jastrow,  II
Former  Chairman  &  Chief  Exec  Officer
Temple-Inland  Inc.
Austin,  TX
Paper  &  forest  products  company

with  previous  financial  services  and  real
estate  interests

Michael  E.  Lehman
Interim  Vice  Chancellor  for  Finance

and  Administration  for  the
University  of  Wisconsin

Madison,  WI

Donald  T.  Nicolaisen
Former  Chief  Accountant
United  States  Securities  and  Exchange

Commission
Washington,  DC

Gary  A.  Poliner
Former  President
Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Ins.  Co.
Milwaukee,  WI
Financial  services  company

Patrick  Sinks
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer
MGIC  Investment  Corporation
Milwaukee,  WI

Mark  M.  Zandi
Chief  Economist
Moody’s  Analytics,  Inc.
West  Chester,  PA
Risk  measurement  and  management  firm

Officers

MGIC  Investment  Corporation

Mortgage  Guaranty  Insurance  Corporation

President  and  Chief  Executive

President  and  Chief  Executive

Officer
Patrick  Sinks

Officer
Patrick  Sinks

Executive  Vice  Presidents
Jeffrey  H.  Lane
General  Counsel  and  Secretary

Executive  Vice  Presidents
Jeffrey  H.  Lane
General  Counsel  and  Secretary

Stephen  C.  Mackey
Chief  Risk  Officer

Timothy  J.  Mattke
Chief  Financial  Officer

Vice  President
Heidi  A.  Heyrman
Assistant  Secretary

Lisa  M.  Pendergast
Treasurer

Brain  M.  Remington
Assistant  Secretary

Julie  K.  Sperber
Controller  and  Chief  Accounting

Officer

Paul  A.  Spiroff
Assistant  Treasurer

Dan  D.  Stilwell
Assistant  Secretary

Martha  F.  Tsuchihashi
Assistant  Secretary

Stephen  C.  Mackey
Chief  Risk  Officer

Timothy  J.  Mattke
Chief  Financial  Officer

Senior  Vice  Presidents
Gregory  A.  Chi
Chief  Information  Officer

Sean  A.  Dilweg
Government  Relations

Carla  A.  Gallas
Claims

James  J.  Hughes
Sales  and  Business  Development

Salvatore  A.  Miosi
Business  Strategies  and  Field

Operations

Kurt  J.  Thomas
Chief  Human  Resources  Officer

Michael  J.  Zimmerman
Investor  Relations

Vice  Presidents
Gary  A.  Antonovich
Internal  Audit

Robert  K.  Bates
National  Accounts

Robert  J.  Candelmo
Chief  Technology  Officer

Geoffrey  F.  Cooper
Product  Development

Margaret  M.  Crowley
Marketing  and  Customer

Experience

Dean  D.  Dardzinski
Managing  Director

Stephen  M.  Dempsey
Managing  Director

Sandra  K.  Dunst
Claims  Operations

Edward  G.  Durant
Analytic  Services

Mary  L.  Elkins
Systems  Development

David  A.  Greco
Risk  Management

Heidi  A.  Heyrman
Regulatory  Relations,

Assistant  General  Counsel  and
Assistant  Secretary

Eric  B.  Klopfer
Corporate  Strategy

Mark  J.  Krauter
National  Accounts

Michael  L.  Kull
National  Accounts

Robin  D.  Mallory
Managing  Director

Mark  E.  Marple
Mortgage  Banking  Strategies

Elyse  M.  Mitchell
National  Accounts

Jerome  J.  Murphy
Business  Process  Transformation

Jeffrey  N.  Nielsen
Financial  Planning/Analysis

Lisa  M.  Pendergast
Treasurer

W.  Todd  Pittman
Managing  Director

125

Brian  M.  Remington
Loss  Mitigation  Counsel  &
Assistant  Secretary

John  R.  Schroeder
Risk  Management

Peter  A.  Semenek
Underwriting

Brian  D.  Specht
Policy  Acquisition  &  Servicing

Julie  K.  Sperber
Controller  and

Chief  Accounting  Officer

Paul  A.  Spiroff
Assistant  Treasurer

Dan  D.  Stilwell
Chief  Compliance  Officer,

Assistant  General  Counsel  and
Assistant  Secretary

Steven  M.  Thompson
Risk  Management

Martha  F.  Tsuchihashi
Securities  Law  Counsel,

Assistant  General  Counsel  and
Assistant  Secretary

Kathleen  E.  Valenti
Loss  Mitigation

Bernhard  W.  Verhoeven
Risk  Management

Carie  L.  Vos
Claims  Administration

William  E.  Walker
Chief  Information  Security  Officer

John  S.  Wiseman
Managing  Director

Jerry  L.  Wormmeester
National  Accounts

Performance  Graph

The graph below compares the cumulative total return on (a) our Common Stock, (b) a composite peer group

index  selected  by  us,  (c)  the  Russell  2000  Financial  Index  and  (d)  the  S&P  500.

Our  peer  group  index  consists  of  the  peers  against  which  we  analyze  our  executive  compensation:  Ambac
Financial  Group,  Inc.,  Arch  Capital  Group  Ltd.,  Assured  Guaranty  Ltd.,  Essent  Group  Ltd.,  Fidelity  National
Financial  Inc.,  First  American  Financial  Corp.,  Genworth  Financial  Inc.,  MBIA  Inc.,  NMI  Holdings  Inc.  and  Radian
Group. We selected this peer group because it includes all of our direct competitors that were public throughout 2015
and whose mortgage insurance operations are a significant part of their overall business, financial guaranty insurers,
and other financial services companies focused on the residential real estate industry that are believed to be potential
competitors  for  executive  talent.

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Russell 2000 Financial Index 

S&P 500 

Peer Index (AMBC, ACGL, AGO, ESNT, FNF, FAF, GNW, MBI, NMIH, & RDN) 

MGIC 

Russell  2000  Financial  Index
S&P  500
Peer  Index  (AMBC,  ACGL,  AGO,  ESNT,

FNF,  FAF,  GNW,  MBI,  NMIH,  &
RDN)

MGIC

2010

100
100

100
100

2011

97
102

86
37

2012

118
118

107
26

11MAR201615442955

2014

168
178

160
91

2015

170
181

151
87

2013

155
157

162
83

126

Shareholder  Information

MGIC  Stock
MGIC  Investment  Corporation  Common  Stock  is  listed
on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbol
MTG. At February 12, 2016, 340,008,569 shares were
outstanding. The following table sets forth for 2015 and
2014  by  quarter  the  high  and  low  sales  prices  of  the
Common  Stock  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange.

Quarter

High

Low

High

Low

2015

2014

1st
2nd
3rd
4th

$

9.96 $
11.55
11.72
10.05

8.00 $
9.47
9.07
8.72

9.46 $
9.50
9.50
9.67

7.92
7.65
7.16
7.27

In  October  2008,  the  Company’s  Board  suspended
payment of our dividend. Accordingly, no cash dividends
were  paid  in  2015  or  2014.  The  payment  of  future
dividends  is  subject  to  the  discretion  of  our  Board  and
will  depend  on  many  factors,  including  our  operating
results,  financial  condition  and  capital  position.  See
Note 8 – ‘‘Debt’’ to our consolidated financial statements
for  dividend  restrictions  that  apply  when  we  elect  to
defer  interest  on  our  Convertible  Junior  Debentures.

The Company is a holding company and the payment of
dividends from its insurance subsidiaries is restricted by
insurance  regulations.  For  a  discussion  of 
these
restrictions, see Note 16 – ‘‘Dividend Restrictions’’ to our
consolidated  financial  statements.

As of February 12, 2016, the number of shareholders of
record was 274. In addition, we estimate that there are
approximately 26,000 beneficial owners of shares held
by  brokers  and  fiduciaries.

The  Annual  Meeting
The  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  of  MGIC
Investment  Corporation  will  convene  at  9  a.m.  Central
Time  on  April  28,  2016  in  the  Bradley  Pavilion  of  the
Marcus Center for the Performing Arts, 929 North Water
Street,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin.

10-K  Report
Copies  of  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the
year  ended  December  31,  2015,  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, are available
without  charge  to  shareholders  on  request  from:

Secretary
MGIC  Investment  Corporation
P.  O.  Box  488
Milwaukee,  WI  53201

The  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  referred  to  above
includes  as  exhibits  certifications  from  the  Company’s
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer
under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Following
the
the  2015  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders, 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer submitted a Written
Affirmation to the New York Stock Exchange that he was
not  aware  of  any  violation  by  the  Company  of  the
corporate governance listing standards of the Exchange.

Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar

Wells  Fargo  Shareowner  Services
P.  O.  Box  64874
St.  Paul,  Minnesota  55164-0874
(800)  468-9716

Corporate  Headquarters
MGIC  Plaza
250  East  Kilbourn  Avenue
Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  53202

Mailing  Address

P.  O.  Box  488
Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  53201

Shareholder  Services
(414)  347-6596